summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/64979-0.txt3408
-rw-r--r--old/64979-0.zipbin63852 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h.zipbin1207468 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/64979-h.htm5237
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/cover.jpgbin233735 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/eac.jpgbin19542 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_160.jpgbin150805 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_169.jpgbin29779 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_171.jpgbin114237 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_180.jpgbin86859 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_194-deco.jpgbin26699 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_fig10.jpgbin16010 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_fig11.jpgbin14064 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_frontis.jpgbin110665 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_indoors.jpgbin95145 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_oldtrunk.jpgbin106277 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_outofdoors.jpgbin111617 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/64979-h/images/i_witheditor.jpgbin73132 -> 0 bytes
21 files changed, 17 insertions, 8645 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90ca6cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #64979 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/64979)
diff --git a/old/64979-0.txt b/old/64979-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 41496b4..0000000
--- a/old/64979-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3408 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of Youth, Volume 1, Number 5, July 1902, by H.
-L. Coggins
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: Youth, Volume 1, Number 5, July 1902
- An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys & Girls
-
-Author: H. L. Coggins
-
-Release Date: April 01, 2021 [eBook #64979]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: hekula03, Mike Stember and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was
- produced from images made available by the HathiTrust Digital
- Library.)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK YOUTH, VOLUME 1, NUMBER 5, JULY
-1902 ***
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
- YOUTH
-
- VOLUME 1 NUMBER 5
- 1902
- JULY
-
-An ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY JOURNAL for BOYS & GIRLS
-
-The Penn Publishing Company Philadelphia
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS FOR JULY
-
- FRONTISPIECE (Independence Hall) PAGE
-
- THE DOUBLE PERIL George H. Coomer 157
-
- LITTLE POLLY PRENTISS (Serial) Elizabeth Lincoln Gould 161
-
- THE FENCE MAN Mrs. F. M. Howard 166
-
- WITH WASHINGTON AT VALLEY FORGE (Serial) W. Bert Foster 170
- Illustrated by F. A. Carter
-
- MIDSUMMER DAYS Julia McNair Wright 179
- Illustrated by Nina G. Barlow
-
- A DAUGHTER OF THE FOREST (Serial) Evelyn Raymond 181
-
- FOURTH OF JULY W. F. Fox 187
-
- WOOD-FOLK TALK J. Allison Atwood 188
-
- WITH THE EDITOR 190
-
- EVENT AND COMMENT 191
-
- OUT OF DOORS 192
-
- IN-DOORS (Parlor Magic, Paper V) Ellis Stanyon 193
-
- THE OLD TRUNK (Puzzles) 195
-
- WITH THE PUBLISHER 196
-
- * * * * *
-
-YOUTH
-
- _An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys and Girls_
-
- SINGLE COPIES 10 CENTS ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION $1.00
-
- Sent postpaid to any address
- Subscriptions can begin at any time and must be paid in advance
- Remittances may be made in the way most convenient to the sender,
- and should be sent to
-
- The Penn Publishing Company
- 923 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
- Copyright 1902 by The Penn Publishing Company.
-
-
-[Illustration: INDEPENDENCE HALL]
-
-
-
-
-YOUTH
-
-VOL. I JULY 1902 No. 5
-
-
-
-
- THE DOUBLE PERIL
- By George H. Coomer
-
-
-“Nonsense,” said Uncle Hayward; “how people do like to be scared! If a
-real Bengal tiger had made his escape anywhere within twenty miles of
-here, the whole country would have been up in arms before this time.
-I’ve no faith in the story.”
-
-“Well, they are not quite sure of it,” replied the neighbor who had
-given the information, “but they think so. The steamer was sunk and
-some of the animals were drowned, but it is believed that the big tiger
-escaped in the darkness and got ashore.”
-
-“What sort of a show was it?” inquired uncle; “a large menagerie?”
-
-“No, I believe not,” was the answer; “only a few animals that some
-company had hired for the season--a tiger, a jaguar, a pair of
-leopards, and a few monkeys--that’s what they tell me. The steamer had
-a heavy cargo, and went down very suddenly.”
-
-“And they think the tiger made for the woods, eh?” said uncle. “When
-did it happen, do you say?”
-
-“Night before last--about five miles down the river. ’Twas a small
-steamer going up to Macon. There was no one lost, I hear.”
-
-“Well,” remarked uncle, “a Bengal tiger would be an interesting
-neighbor, that’s certain; and I don’t believe he would be long in
-making his presence known. However, such stories generally require a
-good deal of allowance. As likely as not, there was no tiger aboard of
-the steamer, after all.”
-
-“Oh, I reckon there was,” said the neighbor; “but then, of course, we
-can’t tell; people like excitement, and when such a rumor gets started
-it grows very fast.”
-
-“Yes, that’s true; we shall have a whole menagerie ashore here before
-night. When I was a boy, in Maine, there was a story that a lion and an
-elephant had made their escape from somebody’s show and taken to the
-woods. And, dear me! it spread like the scarlet fever! The children ran
-all the way to school and all the way back; and the big girls actually
-cried in the entry, they were so frightened. Some of the mischievous
-boys would make ‘elephant tracks’ in the road, and this added to
-the panic. But we never could hear of any showman who had lost such
-animals, and all on a sudden the thing came to nothing. I guess the
-tiger story will end in the same way.”
-
-“Why, father,” said Cousin Harold, the fourteen-year-old boy of the
-family, “I don’t see why it isn’t likely enough to be true. I almost
-hope there is something in it, though I shouldn’t want him to be
-killing people’s cattle and things. Just think of it--a big Bengal
-tiger, and right here in Georgia, too! How I should like to have a
-chance at him with my gun!”
-
-“Why, Harold,” said his mother, “how you talk. If I believed such a
-creature to be anywhere in the neighborhood, I’d shut you up in the
-smoke-house rather that let you go into the woods.”
-
-“What, and make bacon of a poor fellow?” replied the young lad, gayly.
-
-Uncle Hayward and his family were New England people, who had settled
-in Georgia near the Ocmulgee River, where I was now paying them a
-really delightful visit. Harold and myself, being very fond of hunting,
-spent much time together in pursuit of the various kinds of game to be
-found in the region. Many an old “mammy” and many an “Uncle Remus” was
-made the happier by the gift of some fat ’coon or juicy ’possum which
-we brought down from the tall timber.
-
-Inspired as we were with all the enthusiasm of young sportsmen, the
-thought of an escaped tiger had a pleasing excitement for us. We
-were, therefore, a little disappointed when another of our neighbors,
-stopping for a few minutes as he passed the house, made very light of
-the rumor, saying it was only a foolish story to frighten people.
-
-“A tiger would soon make ugly work among the cattle,” he remarked, “and
-it would be no joking matter to have one about the neighborhood.”
-
-“That’s true,” replied Uncle Hayward. “I don’t know, though,” he added,
-“but I’d risk my big Jersey with him. I’m thinking ’twould be about
-‘which and t’other’ between the two, as the saying is.”
-
-Harold and I could subscribe to this opinion very heartily, for it was
-not more than a week since that dangerous old Jersey had chased us out
-of his pasture, bellowing at our heels as we ran. Nevertheless, he was
-a noble fellow to look upon--just as handsome as a horned creature
-could be. What a thick, strong neck he had, what a broad, curled front,
-and what shapely flanks! Most of the time he spent browsing in the
-large pasture some little distance from the house, and it required a
-good measure of courage upon the part of the trespasser to cross this
-area.
-
-No wonder, then, that Harold and myself made a wide detour, when, half
-an hour later, armed with our shotguns, we set out for the woods beyond
-the Jersey’s domain. But it is needless to say that our minds were more
-taken up with the thought of the tiger than with the fear of our former
-enemy. It was just possible that a great, stealthy, tawny shape might
-be prowling through the very timber in which we were; and I will not
-deny that it required little in the way of sight or sound to set our
-hearts beating faster than usual on that day.
-
-After killing a wild-cat, a raccoon, and a number of large fox
-squirrels, we turned our steps homeward, not at all sorry to have
-made no startling discovery in confirmation of the rumor which had so
-interested us in the morning. The truth was, that the deeper we were in
-the woods the less pleasure we found in calling up the image of that
-escaped tiger!
-
-We were just nearing the Hayward plantation, Harold with the wild-cat
-slung over his shoulder and I with the ’coon upon mine, when on a
-sudden our attention was arrested by a strange, long-drawn noise, like
-the cry of some large animal. It resembled the call of a great cat, but
-was deeper and more thrilling than any cat-note that we had ever heard.
-
-I need not say that it startled us; and when, in a few moments, it was
-repeated, with the addition of a sort of scream, we looked at each
-other with blanched faces: when, clutching our guns more firmly, we
-started into a run. I think we had never realized till then that two
-boys of fourteen, armed only with light shotguns, could be no match for
-a royal tiger, just escaped from his cage and hungry for prey.
-
-Pray, dear reader, do not condemn us hastily, for you would have run,
-too.
-
-Our course took us directly across the pasture where the big Jersey had
-his range. He was lying down for the time, and we almost stumbled over
-him. Springing up and lowering his sharp horns, he took after us with a
-kind of yelling roar that bespoke anything but a friendly intention.
-
-We dropped our game and bounded on like a couple of young greyhounds:
-but we were far out from the nearest fence, and saw that he must soon
-overtake us with his mad, thundering rush. Right ahead of us stood a
-scrub oak, with branches near the ground, and into this we sprang just
-in time to avoid those terrible horns which would have tossed us like
-wisps of straw.
-
-He was so close upon us that it was impossible to secure our guns,
-and we dropped them at the foot of the tree, where they fell rattling
-between two small rocks, which fortunately protected them from his
-trampling hoofs.
-
-Then he besieged us in true form, walking all about our fortress, with
-a hoarse, frightful bellowing that sometimes grew to a shriek, and
-tearing up the earth with his horns till his whole body was coated with
-turf.
-
-“Well,” said Harold, “we are safe enough in this tree, but who wants to
-be kept here all night? He is so apt to roar that, even if father or
-any of the work folks should hear him, they might not come to see what
-the matter was. Besides, it’s a long distance to the house, and the
-hill yonder is right in the way.”
-
-So we remained watching our savage jailer, quite forgetting for the
-moment the sounds we had just heard from the woods. How long would the
-old fellow continue to bellow and fling up the dirt? I was asking some
-such question when my cousin uttered a quick exclamation.
-
-“Oh, see! look yonder!” he cried; “there’s the tiger now!”
-
-I looked where he pointed, and my heart gave a thump that was almost
-suffocating.
-
-There, creeping close to the ground, was a powerful yellow shape,
-marked with jet-black stripes. The ears were flattened, and the long
-tail, reaching straight out on a level with the body, had a wavy motion
-that I distinctly remember to this hour. Warily, silently, and just
-upon the point of making a spring for his victim, the fearful creature
-was stealing upon the unsuspicious bull.
-
-Though half paralyzed by the scene, we still retained some presence of
-mind. Perhaps a shout might delay the attack, and we gave one with all
-the power of our throats.
-
-The monster seemed to hesitate, raising his head a little, as he
-crouched in his tracks, and at that moment the old Jersey discovered
-him.
-
-In an instant a change came over the scene. Tossing his head in a kind
-of fierce surprise, the horned brute faced his foe; then, dropping his
-sharp bayonets to a lower level, he plunged toward the intruder.
-
-Evidently the tiger was unprepared for this, but with remarkable
-quickness he seemed to take in the situation. Without an instant’s
-hesitation, he bounded over to a large boulder which lay near by, and
-with the greatest agility leaped lightly to its top, where he stood
-regarding the Jersey with wide-open jaws.
-
-“Now’s the time,” said Harold, excitedly; “we must hurry and get our
-guns.” And down we went hustling through the thick limbs of the oak.
-
-It was our first impulse to fire at the tiger from the ground where we
-stood, but, as the bull kept directly in the way, it was evident that
-this would not answer; and, besides, our very terror restrained us; it
-might be easier to fire than to kill.
-
-Getting back into the tree with our guns, both of which contained heavy
-charges of buckshot, we quickly posted ourselves so as to improve the
-first opening for a fair aim. The tiger still crouched upon his rock
-of refuge, roaring close in the face of his enemy, yet hesitating to
-spring upon him; while the strong-necked old Jersey shook his curly
-head and fairly screamed at the yellow brute he was not quite able to
-reach.
-
-A bull’s voice in a rage is a strange mixture of frightful sounds, even
-more so than a tiger’s.
-
-We had our guns leveled, watching our opportunity. Presently the
-striped terror sprang up from his crouching posture, raising himself
-threateningly upon his hind feet, with his tawny breast fully exposed.
-Since then I have often seen an angry tiger rear himself in the same
-way against the bars of his cage. There could not have been a fairer
-mark for us, and both our guns spoke at once with a “bang!”
-
-Through the smoke we saw the great brute tip fairly over and fall upon
-his back. Then, convulsively, he bounded straight up from the rock two
-or three times, and at last, plunging forward, landed directly upon the
-bull’s horns.
-
-[Illustration: HIS HORNS PIERCED THE TAWNY SIDE]
-
-The next moment, heavy as he was, he was hurled ten feet in the air,
-and when he fell it was only to be tossed again. A dozen or twenty
-times he was thus thrown aloft, although after the first minute he was
-evidently as dead as he ever could be.
-
-After this the old Jersey appeared to enjoy much in pitching him along
-the ground to a considerable distance, following up the body as it
-fell, and sending it on before him as if it had weighed no more than a
-dead cat.
-
-We were glad to witness this performance, as it occupied the old
-fellow’s whole attention, and so gave us an opportunity to slip away
-unnoticed, which we very quickly did.
-
-No grass grew under our feet as we ran over the high ground between us
-and the house, which, as the plantation was quite large, was nearly a
-mile distant.
-
-With scarcely breath enough to relate our story, we told it, to
-the astonishment of Harold’s parents, whose thankfulness for our
-escape, when they had learned how narrow that escape had been, was
-inexpressible.
-
-It required a considerable force of men and boys to recover the body
-of the slain tiger in face of the bull’s threatening demonstrations;
-but it was nevertheless secured and brought home. It was then found,
-upon examination, that our charges of buckshot had undoubtedly done the
-business for the fierce brute, so that he must have been nearly dead
-when caught upon those stout horns.
-
-“A tiger in the State of Georgia,” said Uncle Hayward; “a true Bengal
-tiger! Well, I must own that I was wrong; I thought this morning it was
-only a silly story. Boys, you and the bull have done a great thing for
-the community!”
-
-“But, oh, the peril!” said Harold’s mother: “suppose we had known it at
-the moment! It was a double danger.”
-
-“Yes, mother,” replied Harold; “it was double, but it was that very
-thing which saved us. If we hadn’t waked up the Jersey, the tiger would
-have had us very soon.”
-
-
-
-
- LITTLE POLLY PRENTISS
- By ELIZABETH LINCOLN GOULD
-
- CHAPTER XIII
- POLLY AND THE MINISTER
-
-
- SYNOPSIS OF PREVIOUS CHAPTERS.
-
- Polly Prentiss is an orphan who, for the greater part of her life, has
- lived with a distant relative, Mrs. Manser, the mistress of Manser
- Farm. Miss Hetty Pomeroy, a maiden lady of middle age, has, ever since
- the death of her favorite niece, been on the lookout for a little
- girl whom she might adopt. She is attracted by Polly’s appearance and
- quaint manners, and finally decides to take her home and keep her for
- a month’s trial. In the foregoing chapters, Polly has arrived at her
- new home, and the great difference between the way of living at Pomeroy
- Oaks and her past life affords her much food for wonderment.
-
-Sunday was usually a hard day for Polly. In the first place there were
-good clothes to be put on and taken care of, and then there was sitting
-still in church! Sitting still was the most difficult thing in the
-world for Polly.
-
-“In the Manser pew I could wriggle, because it was ’way back and nobody
-downstairs saw me, but I guess I’ve got to behave just like grown folks
-to-day,” said Polly, anxiously, as she put on the brown cashmere frock
-Sunday morning. “But if I listen to the minister most of the time, and
-think about Eleanor when I get tired listening, perhaps I can do it.”
-
-It was not so hard after all, for the minister had a pleasant, boyish
-face, and he used simple language, which Polly could understand.
-Besides that, his sermon was short--the shortest one Polly had ever
-heard; she wondered if by any chance the minister could know about
-those yellow cakes he was to have for dessert, and felt in a hurry to
-taste them. Miss Pomeroy had seen him the day before.
-
-“He looks as if he liked to eat good things,” thought Polly, as the
-minister read the closing hymn, “and Miss Pomeroy may have told him
-there was citron in them. His cheeks are as red as mine were--redder
-than mine are to-day.”
-
-This was comforting, and, moreover, it was true. Polly had been out of
-doors very little for the last week, and, besides that, although she
-was not unhappy, the thought of Eleanor was continually before her,
-and the fear of falling below an unknown standard made her anxious and
-troubled many times in the day. So the roses in Polly’s cheeks did not
-bloom as brightly as they had at Manser Farm, and the little girl was
-greatly encouraged.
-
-During the service she could not turn around to see her old friends
-up in the dimly lighted gallery, and when the benediction had been
-pronounced Miss Pomeroy said she and Polly would sit quietly in the pew
-until the minister came out. The little girl looked disturbed, and Miss
-Pomeroy laid her hand on Polly’s with a smile.
-
-“You needn’t be afraid of the minister, my dear,” she said, kindly, “he
-likes children, and has two little sisters at home.”
-
-Polly smiled faintly in return. When the minister came, and they had
-all walked slowly down the aisle together, there was no sign of the
-Manser wagon, but Polly was sure she could hear it way up the road; it
-had a peculiar rattle, not to be mistaken for any other. The little
-girl had a sober face as she climbed up into the seat beside Hiram,
-with the minister’s help.
-
-“I’m grateful I’ve got you instead of the preacher,” said Hiram, facing
-straight ahead, as soon as Miss Pomeroy and the minister were fairly
-launched in conversation. “I’ve always been to church, and I’m a
-member, but I’m scared of speaking to ’em; it don’t make any difference
-whether they’re young or old. What’s the matter, honey? Don’t you tell
-me without you’re a mind to.”
-
-“I thought perhaps I’d see the Manser Farm folks,” said Polly. “I
-thought maybe Uncle Blodgett would want to wait, and Aunty Peebles. I
-don’t know as Mrs. Ramsdell came if her rheumatism was bad.”
-
-“She was there,” said Hiram, quietly, “I know ’em all by sight, and
-once in awhile I have a little talk with Mr. Manser when we’re taking
-the horses out of the sheds. But to-day Mrs. Manser hurried him up, and
-hustled the three old folks into the wagon as if something was after
-her. I shouldn’t have dared to offer Mis’ Ramsdell anything unless
-I’d wanted it bit in halves, when she got in,” said Hiram, with a low
-chuckle. “She spoke her mind good and free, too: I don’t recall ever
-hearing any one speak freer. She was all for waiting to see you.”
-
-“Then I think Mrs. Manser was real mean,” said Polly, with flushed
-cheeks. “I don’t suppose she meant to be, but I think she was!”
-
-Hiram reached out his big brown hand and gave Polly’s fingers a
-sympathetic squeeze.
-
-“I expect we are about as naughty as we can be, both of us,” he said,
-softly, “but I take real comfort in it once in a while. That Manser
-woman’s no favorite of mine, nor ever was. I can’t abide her.”
-
-“She took care of me for seven years,” said Polly, with a spasm of
-loyalty, forgetting how little of the care had really come on Mrs.
-Manser’s shoulders, “and I do try to love her.”
-
-“Love don’t always come by trying,” said Hiram, tranquilly, “but I
-suppose it’s no harm to give it a fair chance. And as for those old
-folks of yours, you shall see ’em next Sunday, if I have to tole Mr.
-Manser down behind the sheds and keep him there.”
-
-Then Hiram puckered his lips and softly whistled “Duke Street” all the
-rest of the way to Pomeroy Oaks, while Polly sat beside him, much
-cheered and comforted.
-
-Dinner was an exciting meal to the little girl. It was the first time,
-as she told Arctura afterward, that Polly had even seen a minister
-eat. This minister not only ate with great heartiness, but he talked a
-good deal and frequently smiled across the table at her, and he had a
-jolly laugh. Polly was glad of that for more than one reason. Arctura
-had covered the scratch on her nose with a long, broad strip of black
-court-plaster, and this decoration made her naturally prominent feature
-more noticeable than ever. She carried her head very high, and bore
-the dishes in and out with a stately tread, but her eyes twinkled so
-when she looked at Polly that the little girl had much ado to keep a
-straight face.
-
-When the dessert came, Polly held her breath while the minister ate
-his first mouthful of a yellow cake; he had chosen it instead of one
-of Arctura’s “snowflakes.” Miss Pomeroy had tasted one the day before
-and pronounced it delicious. The minister ate every crumb, and when the
-plate was passed to him a second time, he laughed boyishly.
-
-“These are almost too good,” he said. “I should like to compliment the
-cook.”
-
-Miss Pomeroy smiled at Polly.
-
-“My little guest made them,” said she.
-
-“Dear me,” said the minister, heartily. “I shall have to tell my
-sisters about this when I go home. One of them must be just about
-Mary’s age; she is eight years old.”
-
-“Oh, but I’m going on eleven,” said Polly, eagerly, “only I’m small for
-my age, sir.”
-
-“Indeed, that’s very surprising,” and the minister smiled most
-cordially at the little cook. Polly was perfectly delighted when Miss
-Pomeroy suggested that instead of a nap she might take a walk with the
-minister and show him the grounds. Miss Pomeroy was to drive him back
-to Deacon Talcott’s house late in the afternoon.
-
-“I will take my nap as usual, Mary, if you think you can look after Mr.
-Endicott,” she had said, and the minister and Polly exchanged a glance
-of much confidence and friendliness.
-
-They walked about, hand in hand, and there was no doubt that Polly
-entertained the minister.
-
-“Miss Pomeroy tells me she hopes you will stay with her for always,”
-the minister said, as they stood together looking down at the brook in
-a place where it tinkled over some stones. Polly gave a little cry of
-delight and squeezed the minister’s hand.
-
-“Oh, did she say it that way?” she asked, earnestly.
-
-“Why, yes,” said the young man, smiling down at her, “didn’t you know
-it?”
-
-“She’s a beautiful, kind lady,” said Polly, shaking her brown curls
-till they danced, “and I do truly love her, but she’s so tall and quiet
-I shouldn’t like to ask her questions all the time, and I have to ask
-her a good many--about my clothes and ever so many other things. Now
-if it was you, I shouldn’t be a bit afraid, because your eyes look so
-young and happy,” said the little girl, frankly. “Miss Pomeroy has sad
-eyes, and I’m always afraid I’ll make them sadder. Don’t you see?”
-
-“I think I do,” said the minister, gently, “but I am sure you will help
-Miss Pomeroy’s eyes, and not hurt them, by talking freely to her.”
-
-“Yes, sir,” said Polly, doubtfully. “Do your little sisters like to
-read, Mr. Endicott? I am reading a book called ‘Seesame and Lilies,’ by
-Mr. Ruskin.”
-
-“Phew!” said the minister. “That’s a fine book, Mary, but I should say
-it was a little old for you. Who chose it--Miss Pomeroy?”
-
-“No, sir, I chose it myself,” said Polly, proudly, “off the shelf where
-all the little books are, under the window. Miss Pomeroy said I could
-choose.”
-
-“When we go in the house,” said the minister, as they started on
-together, swinging hands, “I’ll show you a book to read; I saw it on
-one of the shelves. It’s a big book, but the stories are short. If I
-were in your place, Mary, I’d read one of them to-morrow. My little
-sisters love them all.”
-
-So it came about that when Miss Pomeroy and the minister drove away
-they left on the piazza a little girl whose heart was almost gay, for
-the book the minister had chosen, and which Miss Pomeroy had told Polly
-she might keep in her own room, was full of delightful pictures, and
-on the cover was printed in gold letters. “Wonder Stories, by Hans
-Christian Andersen.”
-
-“And mind you try to remember them just as you do the sermon on
-Sunday,” the minister had said, as he parted from Polly, “for they
-are sure to give you happy thoughts.” And Polly, running to Arctura,
-who was seated on the south porch in a chair that rocked with a loud
-squeak, cried joyfully:
-
-“Oh, Miss Arctura, the minister has chosen a book for me, one that his
-sisters love! And I’m not going to read another word in ‘Seesame and
-Lilies’ till I’m most grown up! For Miss Pomeroy said ’twas a wise
-thought and an inper--impterposition of Providence!”
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
- IN THE WOODS
-
-Polly’s worry about being satisfactory to Miss Pomeroy had departed
-with the minister’s words, down by the brook, but as she lay in bed
-the next morning, listening to the birds out in a big elm tree, the
-branches of which came near one of her windows, she had some sober
-thoughts.
-
-“The reason Miss Pomeroy is going to adopt me,” said Polly, to herself,
-“is because she thinks I’m like Eleanor. I’m not like her, inside,
-of course, but I’m trying to be. Now, don’t you be a selfish girl,
-Polly Prentiss. You’ve got a beautiful home with a lovely, kind lady,
-that does things for you all the time, and Miss Arctura and Mr. Hiram
-besides, just as good as they can be, and the kittens to play with,
-and Daisy out in her stall, and you can go off into the woods this
-afternoon, and take the book that the minister’s sisters love, and
-perhaps they’ll let you go again some other day.
-
-“And all you’ve got to do,” said Polly, severely, to herself, “is to
-stop wanting to run outdoors morning, noon, and night, and wanting to
-play with a doll, and wishing somebody’d call you Polly, and not mind
-having to eat so much, or lying down on this bed that gets so hot in
-the afternoon, and stop being lonesome for the folks at Manser Farm,
-and learn how to mend your clothes. I guess that’s about all, and it
-isn’t much for a girl that’s going on eleven.”
-
-Polly had a delightful time that afternoon. Arctura had taken in the
-snow-white clothes from the line, and informed the little girl that she
-had no intention of ironing that day, and would make an excursion into
-the woods with her.
-
-“I’ve got a crick in my back,” Miss Green announced, when Polly
-descended from her hour on the bed, “and what I need is to get right
-down close to nature. I’ll take my old gray shawl and pick me out a
-good place to sit in the sun, and I’ll knit on Hiram’s socks while you
-run around and see what you can see. Perhaps you can get up a bouquet
-to fetch home to Miss Hetty, who knows? And when you feel so minded you
-can sit on the shawl alongside of me, and read me out a story, maybe.
-It’s a pity Miss Hetty can’t be with us, but she’s no hand to walk; she
-hasn’t been overly strong for ten years back, though she can do all
-that’s required.”
-
-Polly felt disloyal to Miss Pomeroy, because it was a relief to know
-Arctura would be her only companion. Her little heart was full of
-affectionate gratitude, but the tall mistress of the house inspired
-a good deal of awe as well, while with Arctura Polly had a sense of
-comradeship, in spite of the difference in years, and was not afraid to
-chatter like a magpie.
-
-By three o’clock the pair were deep in the woods, and Arctura was
-enthroned on her gray shawl, spread on a rock that stood like a table
-in an open space between giant pines. She had four knitting-needles
-and a ball of flaming red yarn in her hands, and looked the picture of
-contentment.
-
-“Now,” she said, drawing out a big silver watch from the front of her
-gown, and placing it beside her on the shawl, “it’s only a few minutes
-past three. You lay your book down here and don’t let me see you again
-for an hour, or as near that as you can judge by your feelings. Don’t
-stray so far you can’t get back. I’ll holler once in awhile so’s to
-keep track of you, but you caper round and see what you find.”
-
-Polly trotted off obediently, and found all sorts of treasures. If she
-had not been obliged to respond to Arctura’s loud “Ma-a-a-ry!” three or
-four times, it would have seemed to the little girl that she was all
-alone in a new world, for the pine grove was unlike the woods through
-which Polly had wandered in that far-away time when she lived at Manser
-Farm. Those were birches and scrubby oaks, with an occasional hemlock,
-and you had to look out for slippery tree-roots, and scratching
-underbrush, and boggy places. But this wood had a soft brown carpet
-of needles, and a border of beautiful ferns, and here and there were
-little cones, and clumps of stems that had belonged to “Dutchman’s
-pipes.”
-
-In a little while there would be “wake-robins” and “Solomon’s seal,”
-and many other wild wood flowers. Polly saw the first signs of a
-venturesome “lady’s slipper.” She gathered long trails of Princess pine
-and looped them around her waist, and she picked some of the prettiest
-ferns to take home to Miss Pomeroy. There were several cleared places,
-like the one which held Arctura’s throne. Polly named one the library
-and another the parlor, and in still another there were some stones
-which made her think of pillows.
-
-“So I shall name that the bedroom,” she said to Arctura when the call
-“Ti-i-i-mes up!” had brought her running back, “and this I think we’d
-better call the dining room, don’t you?”
-
-“Seems a sensible name to me,” said Miss Green, approvingly. “Now
-suppose you read me out a story. I just looked into your book while you
-were off, and here’s one that my eye lit on; suppose we have that.”
-
-The story was “The Ugly Duckling,” and the words were so easy that
-Polly read on and on, scarcely ever having to stop for Arctura’s help.
-When she had finished it, she drew a long breath and shut the book.
-
-“Isn’t it a beautiful, interesting story, Miss Arctura?” she asked,
-eagerly, and her friend nodded with great vigor before she spoke.
-
-“It’s what I call fair,” said Arctura, with decision, “and that’s what
-I like in real life or in a story. And that’s why I expect that the
-poor folks that get hurt and slammed around and put upon in this world
-are going to have crowns of gold and harps of silver and songs of
-everlasting praise and joy in the next one; or whatever those things
-stand for, to ’em. We’ll have another of those stories next time we
-come out a pleasuring together, won’t we?”
-
-Polly assented with joy, and all through the talk that followed, while
-she told of her morning’s trip to the village, those delightful words
-“next time” rang out their lovely promise in Polly’s happy ears.
-
-She and Arctura walked home arm in arm, although that meant that Polly
-had to stretch up, and Miss Green to reach down, but the path was broad
-enough for two, and they sang “Marching Through Georgia,” and stepped
-gayly along to the brisk measures.
-
-“Slow walking, except for those that have infirmities and are obliged,”
-said Arctura, “is a trial of the flesh and spirit, or it might be, if
-it ain’t,” and little Polly, with more color in her cheeks than had
-been there for days, looked joyfully up at her.
-
-“Oh, Miss Arctura,” she said, fervently, “you do have such splendid
-ideas!”
-
-“Don’t try to flatter an old lady of fifty-four, child,” said Miss
-Green, shaking her ball of yarn at Polly with pretended severity.
-“You turn your mind on those clouds; see how the wind’s backing round
-through the north? I can smell the east,” and she sniffed with her nose
-well in the air. “We’re in for rain to-morrow, I do believe. It’ll be
-just the day for you to write that letter you’re going to send with
-the candy, and there’s a number of matters you can help me about, and
-if you’ve got any mending to do maybe we’ll find time to sit down
-together, and I’ll relate that story about the Square and me.”
-
-“Yes, indeed,” said Polly, as they marched up the driveway, “and I’ve
-got to practice with Mr. Hiram, you know. I expect it will be a grand
-day!”
-
-[TO BE CONTINUED]
-
- * * * * *
-
- Think not of far-off duties,
- But of duties which are near;
- And, having once begun to work,
- Resolve to persevere.
-
- --Anonymous.
-
-
-
-
- The Fence Man
- By Mrs. F. M. Howard
-
-
-“Mamma, what is the great, high fence for?” asked a childish voice. “Is
-the man afraid we’s will go into his yard?”
-
-“I do not know, dear. It was there before we came.”
-
-“Maybe he thinks we’ll steal his cherries.” Horace straightened
-himself, scornfully.
-
-“Huh, I guess we can buy our cherries if we want any,” said Rodney,
-with flashing eyes.
-
-“Perhaps other boys have not thought so,” interposed the mother’s
-gentle voice; “and since the fence was there before we came, and so
-cannot have any possible reference to us, we will not harbor ill will
-against our neighbor because of it.”
-
-“Young-ones,” muttered a surly voice on the other side of the high
-board fence. “Just my luck to have a pack of young-ones unloaded on me.
-Just one degree worse than the widder’s long tongue, I’ll venture. I’m
-glad the fence is good and high, and I’ll put a row of pickets on top
-of it if they go to climbing.”
-
-Old Mr. Harding dropped down on a garden seat, wiping the moisture from
-his heated brow with a warlike bandana. He had been putting out late
-tomato plants, and his back ached; possibly his heart ached, too, for
-he was old and lonely. He could have told to a mathematical nicety,
-had he had the mind to do so, just why the ugly board fence divided
-him from his neighbor, of the quarrel between himself and the fiery
-widow, who owned the cottage where the children had come to live, over
-a boundary line, the matter of a foot or less of ground between the two
-places.
-
-A quarrel is like a tumble weed in its capacity for growing in size,
-and, tossed back and forth by the windy tongues of the Widow Barlow,
-who gloried in “speaking her mind,” and old Mr. Harding, who cherished
-his right to the last word as religiously as a woman, the original
-difference had grown to be a very serious thing, indeed.
-
-“I’ll fix her!” he had exclaimed, after the last tilt of words which
-occurred between them. “I’ll put up a fence so high she can’t scream
-over it, and if she comes inside my yard I’ll buy a dog.”
-
-He thoroughly enjoyed that bit of spite work, and amused himself
-immensely in overseeing the ungainly structure as it went up,
-completely obstructing the objectionable widow’s view on the east side.
-
-She had no redress, for he had given her the benefit of the disputed
-line, and a man could put up bill boards on his property if he wished
-to, and he hugged himself to think of her rage and disgust.
-
-He did not in the least overestimate it, and he heard with glee
-from the neighbors and the housekeeper the savage onslaughts on his
-character which she was making, and it was not long before a moving van
-backed up before her door, a “To rent” sign appeared, and Mr. Harding
-was alone with victory. He was soured in the operation, it must be
-confessed. No man can habitually nurse hatred and spite in his bosom
-without becoming contaminated.
-
-When gentle, soft-voiced Mrs. Harding was living, with her generous
-heart and hand, her noiseless, unostentatious way of settling a
-difficulty, it would have been quite impossible for him to have
-indulged in such an exhibition; she would have loved him out of it
-insensibly, and have so limbered the widow’s acrimonious tongue with
-the oil of kindness that the quarrel would have died at birth; but
-it was a sorry day for him when the better part of himself was laid
-away under the green in the cemetery, and he was quite free to be his
-untrammeled self.
-
-Some way the mother’s voice, as it floated over the top of the ugly
-fence, reminded him of her. It was such a gentle, loving voice, with a
-flute-like clearness in it which made every word audible.
-
-They had never had any children, he and the wife who would have made
-such a tender mother, but he imagined she would have spoken to them
-just as this mother was speaking if she had been surrounded by active,
-questioning lads and lasses, and his surly mood softened as he heard
-them chattering over the treasures of broken china they were finding in
-the widow’s refuse heap.
-
-“We’ll build the playhouse right here. The big, high boards will make
-such a nice back,” said little Barbara.
-
-“Maybe the man won’t like us to drive nails in his fence,” Rodney
-suggested.
-
-“But this side of it is ours,” laughed the mother, softly. “He can only
-claim one side of even a nuisance; but you must be careful not to annoy
-him with too much noise.”
-
-One side of a nuisance. How truly it was a nuisance, for Mr. Harding
-did not admire stockades himself. He had seen the inside of one in war
-times, and he had very nearly lost his life in trying to escape from
-it. He had an old wound in his leg yet that made him crosser on damp
-days than in dry weather, and here he was erecting stockades in his old
-age, to keep people out instead of in. It took all his self-control to
-keep from being ashamed.
-
-Day after day he heard the childish prattle, and the pounding of nails
-as the building of the playhouse went on, sometimes with wrath, at
-other times with an almost eager curiosity to see and hear the little
-flock at their pretty play.
-
-One day it rained, and silence reigned in the garden. His wound twinged
-and prickled all day, and he was in a furious mood toward evening as
-he went to straighten up some weak-backed plants that the rain had
-lopped over. A kitten was frisking about in a bed of choice strawberry
-plants--a saucy, disrespectful kitten which had evidently braved the
-terrors of the stockade, as he had done himself in the years gone by.
-He hated cats almost as he hated loud-voiced widows--perhaps he was
-thinking of the Widow Barlow, and of the joy it would be to take her
-as he was taking the kitten (loving little creature, it had never felt
-the touch of hatred, and didn’t know enough to run away), and, with one
-twist of his avenging arm, sling her over the fence. The kitten went
-over, legs and tail wildly outstretched, and little Barbara was at the
-window.
-
-“Oh, mamma, he threw my darlin’ kitty right over the fence,” he heard
-her shriek, sobbingly, as she ran out and picked up her pet. “Kitty,
-kitty, is you killed?” she cried, breathlessly, as the little creature,
-stunned for a moment by its fall, closed its eyes and lay limply in her
-arms as she ran into the house.
-
-“Mean old thing. If I was a man, I’d thrash him,” said Horace, doubling
-his little fists savagely.
-
-“No, no, little ones; we must love him into kindness,” Mrs. Manning
-observed, gently. “He is a poor, lonely old man with no one to coax
-him into nice ways. See, Kitty isn’t hurt. Give her some milk and she
-will soon be quite happy again,” and in ministering to the kitten the
-children forgot their revengeful thoughts: but over the fence an old,
-cross-grained man went into his finer house with a mean feeling in his
-heart which even the thought of the Widow Barlow could not change to a
-comfortable complacency.
-
-The rain cleared away and the family were very busy in the garden. The
-small plat on the south corner, away from the baleful shadow of the
-fence, was full of the roses and shrubs which the Widow Barlow had
-planted and tended so carefully, and they were already full of buds.
-Mrs. Manning was exceedingly fond of flowers, too, and her bay window
-on the west side was full of choice plants.
-
-There was a Papa Manning, but he went early and came late from his
-work, too early and late to enter the story as an active factor; one of
-those busy men who do business in the city and live in suburban towns
-for the sake of health and purer air for the children; but Mr. Harding
-did not know this, and supposed his new neighbor to be a widow, and
-cherished suspicions accordingly which not even her sweet voice could
-quite allay.
-
-“Oh, mamma, come quick. The man has fallen,” screamed Barbara one day,
-as she ran in to her mother, her golden curls flying, her blue eyes
-full of fright.
-
-“What man, Barbie dear?” Mrs. Manning was in the kitchen making bread,
-and a man was an indefinite ingredient to enter into the delicate
-operation without proper credentials.
-
-“The old man, mamma. The fence man--he fell right down and groaned.” A
-neighbor in distress--that was quite another matter, and Mrs. Manning
-ran out hastily, drying her hands on her apron.
-
-“I’ve sprained my ankle, I guess,” growled Mr. Harding, nursing his
-wounded leg with a white face full of angry impatience. “Just a bit of
-a stone, but enough to turn that confounded weak bone of mine. I feel
-like a baby, ma’am, to be upset by such a trifle.”
-
-“Lean on me, sir, and I will help you to rise,” said Mrs. Manning; but
-at the first attempt the poor old gentleman nearly fainted.
-
-Fortunately, there were men near at hand, and soon Mr. Harding was
-carried into his home by strong hands, and a physician summoned.
-
-It would be an exaggeration to say that Mr. Harding submitted to
-suffering with sweet resignation. In his best days gentle Mrs. Harding
-needed all her stock of patience to endure him when he was ill, and his
-natural proclivities had been reinforced by years of loneliness and
-self-indulgence. The housekeeper was at her wits’ end, and strongly
-inclined to resign her situation before the end of the first week.
-
-“Sure, ma’am, he’s that cranky there’s no living with him at all,” she
-confided to Mrs. Manning, who had brought in a bit of her own delicate
-cookery to tempt his capricious appetite. “I make his toast and his
-coffee of a mornin’, and he’s ready to eat me when it’s on his table
-because the coffee ain’t a-bilin’ and a-sissin’ hot, an’ the egg maybe
-has been cooked ten seconds longer than his wife used to cook it for
-him.”
-
-“Let me go in and prepare his table while you get the food ready,” Mrs.
-Manning suggested. She had waited on just such an invalid once in her
-lifetime, and had ideas.
-
-“All right, ma’am. I’ll be right glad of a little help, for he do try
-my patience all to frags.”
-
-Mrs. Manning ran home quickly, and returned bringing a dainty tea cloth
-and a bouquet of her window flowers in a delicate glass vase, and,
-going into the dining room, she soon had the little invalid table a
-very poem of neatness and elegance.
-
-“Mrs. Harrihan never set that table, I’ll be bound,” he said, gruffly,
-as Mrs. Manning carried it to his bedside.
-
-“Mrs. Harrihan is busy and I am helping her a little,” replied Mrs.
-Manning, gently. “Let me raise the shade and make you more comfortable
-for your dinner.”
-
-The window looked out upon the staring high fence, over which the roof
-and chimney of her own little cottage was visible, and Mr. Harding’s
-wrinkled face had the grace to gather a flush.
-
-“Are you a widow, ma’am?” he demanded after a few moments, during which
-she had moved about the untidy room, picking up the morning papers,
-which he had slung away after reading them, and turning with deft hands
-the furniture into more home-like positions. Mrs. Harrihan was a good
-housekeeper but a poor home maker.
-
-“A widow? Dear me, I hope not. Haven’t you seen Mr. Manning frolicing
-with the children evenings? He comes in the back way, as it saves a
-block in coming from the station.”
-
-No, Mr. Harding had not observed a man about the place, and for an
-excellent reason--the fence shut off his view of the charming domestic
-life of his neighbors completely, and for the first time since its
-erection he wished it was back in the lumber yard. He had the grace
-to thank her, and to ask her to come again, after Mrs. Harrihan’s
-entrance with his dinner, saying that it would taste better with the
-flowers to look at, and Mrs. Manning poured his tea and buttered his
-toast, with a great pity for him in his loneliness in her warm heart.
-
-It was the flowers at last which accomplished the downfall of the
-spitework fence. Acting on the hint of his pleasure in the bouquet on
-his dinner table, Mrs. Manning kept him supplied with them in liberal
-measure.
-
-Mrs. Barlow’s roses were now in riotous bloom, and every day a fresh
-bouquet brightened the sick room. On account of the old wound, the
-injured ankle did not readily yield to treatment, and for weeks
-Mr. Harding was an unwilling prisoner, forced to look out at that
-unyielding expanse of pine until his very soul was sick of it.
-
-He told his grievance in full detail to Mrs. Manning one day with an
-apologetic air, not willing that his cheery little neighbor, whom he
-was beginning to respect so much, should think that he indulged in high
-board fences as a matter of taste.
-
-She heard the story of the Widow Barlow’s delinquencies smilingly, and
-contrived to throw such a wide mantle of charity, trimmed with humor,
-over the matter that Mr. Harding actually laughed--and at his own folly.
-
-Even little Barbara lost her fear of “the fence man,” and, after
-bringing him several bouquets by way of visits of sympathy, she one
-day made him a social call with the kitten in her arms, also a ball
-and string with which to show off its accomplishments, and old Mr.
-Harding actually smiled, and forgot that he hated cats in watching the
-frolicsome little creature chasing its tail, the ball, or Barbara as
-she ran with the string.
-
-One day there was the sound of pounding and rending on the Harding
-premises, and all the children ran excitedly to see.
-
-Carpenters were tearing the spite fence down, and Barbara was in
-despair for her playhouse, but her childish heart was comforted,
-for Mr. Harding had given orders, and, when the workmen reached the
-spot, the boards were sawed down and shaped to match the rest of the
-structure, and with the dearest little window cut in, to the child’s
-great delight.
-
-With the fence went every vestige of Mr. Harding’s crustiness toward
-his new neighbors. Not since his wife’s death had he been so genial
-and friendly, and the children were a constant source of interest and
-delight. It even came to pass, through Mrs. Manning’s mediation, that
-the matter of the boundary line was at last compromised without serious
-friction, and Mr. Harding really came to confess, to himself, that even
-the Widow Barlow was not so utterly, so irrevocably bad as she might be
-after all.
-
-
-
-
- WITH WASHINGTON AT VALLEY FORGE
- By W. Bert Foster
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
- Hadley gets better Acquainted with Col. Knowles
-
-
- SYNOPSIS OF PREVIOUS CHAPTERS.
-
- The story opens in the year 1777, during one of the most critical
- periods of the Revolution. Hadley Morris, our hero, is in the employ
- of Jonas Benson, the host of the Three Oaks, a well-known inn on the
- road between Philadelphia and New York. Like most of his neighbors,
- Hadley is an ardent sympathizer with the American cause. When,
- therefore, he is intrusted with a message to be forwarded to the
- American headquarters, the boy gives up, for the time, his duties at
- the Three Oaks and sets out for the army. Here he remains until after
- the fateful Battle of Brandywine. On the return journey he discovers
- a party of Tories who have concealed themselves in a woods in the
- neighborhood of his home. By approaching cautiously to the group
- around the fire, Hadley overhears their plan to attack his uncle for
- the sake of the gold which he is supposed to have concealed in his
- house.
-
-The words Brace Alwood uttered were enough to rivet Hadley to the
-spot, and, almost within a long arm reach of the men lounging about
-the fire, he crouched and listened to the dialogue which followed. The
-reason stated by Brace for the presence of the Tories in this place
-naturally startled and horrified Ephraim Morris’s nephew. When the old
-man was well-known to be a strong Royalist, why should these fellows be
-plotting to attack him? At once Hadley was sure that they were after
-the money which rumor said Miser Morris kept concealed in his house.
-
-Remembering the incident of the night at his uncle’s house, Hadley
-doubted if the men would gain what they hoped for; but Uncle Ephraim
-was old and alone, and there was no telling what these rough fellows
-might do to gain their ends.
-
-“You’d better make sure the old man is alone, Alwood,” suggested one
-of the others, as Brace and his younger brother took seats in the
-circle around the fire. “There used to be a boy with Miser Morris--his
-nevvy, was it?--who might make us trouble.”
-
-Brace Alwood laughed harshly. “We ought to be a match for an old man
-and a boy, I reckon--though Lon, here, tells me Had Morris is pretty
-sharp.”
-
-“He made me and Black Sam pole him across the river one night when he
-was carrying dispatches to the army,” Lon admitted. “An’ he pretty near
-broke my arm just before he left these parts last, too.”
-
-“What army was he carrying dispatches to?” demanded the first speaker.
-
-“Washington’s, of course.”
-
-“But the old man is for the king, you say--worse luck!”
-
-“That doesn’t say the boy is,” Brace remarked. “He’s a perky lad, I
-reckon.”
-
-“He may do us harm, then--in slipping away and rousin’ the farmers, I
-mean.”
-
-“He’s with the army now,” said Lon.
-
-“And there’s nobody with the old man?”
-
-“Not a soul.”
-
-“Well, we’ll likely have an easy time of it. If he’s got as much as
-they say hid away in the house, this night’s work will pay us fine.”
-
-“And settle some old scores, too,” added Brace. “Colonel Knowles will
-be revenged on the old scoundrel, I reckon.”
-
-“Ah! I remember what you told us,” said the first man, thoughtfully.
-“His Honor is too loyal a man to appear in this matter, though, I take
-it?”
-
-Brace laughed shortly. “No doubt--no doubt. He comes here to get
-something out of Miser Morris; but the old fox gives nothing away--not
-him!”
-
-Hadley had heard enough to assure him that the Tories were actually
-going to attack his uncle, Royalist though he was. With silent tread he
-crept away from the place, crossed the pasture to the road, and getting
-on Black Molly’s back, sent her flying toward the inn. He was fearful
-for Uncle Ephraim’s safety, but it was useless for him to ride and warn
-the old man. He must arouse the farmers--or such of them as were at
-home--and bring a band to oppose the men with Brace Alwood. There would
-be some lack of enthusiasm, however, when it was learned that the Tory
-renegades were attacking one of their own kind; it was a case of “dog
-eat dog,” and most of the neighbors would scarce care if the old man
-was robbed.
-
-But Hadley rode swiftly toward the Three Oaks Inn, determined to raise
-a rescuing party at all hazard. It was evening and the men usually
-centered there to hear the news and talk over the war and kindred
-topics, and the boy was quite confident of getting some help. Besides,
-what he had heard while lying hidden in the grove made him believe that
-Colonel Creston Knowles was partly the cause of this cowardly attack
-by the Tories upon Uncle Ephraim, and if the British officer was still
-at the inn the boy determined that he should not go unpunished for
-instigating the crime.
-
-The American farmers about the inn had borne with the British officer
-more because he was Jonas Benson’s guest than aught else. Before being
-sent by Lafe Holdness on this last errand to the army, Hadley knew that
-many of the neighbors spoke threateningly of the British officer, who,
-apparently, knew no fear even in an enemy’s country. If they should be
-stirred up now, after the disaster to the American forces, when feeling
-would be sure to run high, Colonel Knowles would find himself in very
-dangerous quarters. For the moment Hadley did not think of the danger
-to Mistress Lillian. He was only anxious for his uncle’s safety and
-enraged at Colonel Knowles for the part he believed the officer had in
-the plot to rob--and perhaps injure--the farmer.
-
-In an hour, so Brace Alwood said, they would attack the lonely
-homestead of the man whom the whole countryside believed to be a miser.
-Hadley had good reason to know that his uncle was possessed of much
-wealth, whether rightfully or not did not enter into the question now;
-but the money was no longer in the house--of that he was confident.
-Enraged at not finding it, the Tories might seriously injure Ephraim
-Morris. With these tumultuous thoughts filling his brain, the boy rode
-into the inn yard, let Black Molly find her old stall herself, and was
-on the steps of the inn before those in the kitchen had time to open
-the door, aroused though they had been by the rattle of the mare’s
-hoofs.
-
-“It’s a courier!” cried some one. “What’s the news?”
-
-“It’s that Hadley Morris!” exclaimed Mistress Benson, showing little
-cordiality in her welcome. Jonas was not in evidence, and there was no
-other men in the kitchen.
-
-“Where is Master Benson, madam?” demanded Hadley of the innkeeper’s
-wife. “I want him to help me--and all other true men in the
-neighborhood. There is a party of Tories up the road yonder, and they
-are going to attack Uncle Ephraim’s house and rob him this very night.”
-
-“Tories!” gasped the maids.
-
-“King’s men!” exclaimed Mistress Benson. “And why should they wish to
-plague Master Morris, Hadley? He is loyal.”
-
-“That Brace Alwood is at their head. They are bent on robbery. Nobody
-will be safe now, if they overrun the country. Where is Master Benson,
-I say?”
-
-“He is gone to Trenton,” declared one of the frightened women. “There
-is no man here but Colonel Knowles’ servant.”
-
-“Then he is here yet?” cried the boy, and pushing through the group
-of women, he entered the long hall which ran through the inn from
-the kitchen to the main entrance. His coming had evidently disturbed
-the guests. Colonel Knowles stood in the hall by the parlor door, a
-candlestick held above his head that the light might be cast along the
-passage, his daughter, clinging to his sleeve, stood behind him.
-
-“Whom have we here?” demanded the British officer.
-
-“It is Hadley Morris, father!” exclaimed the girl, first to recognize
-the youth.
-
-Hadley approached without fear, for his indignation was boundless.
-“It is I, Colonel Knowles,” he said, his voice quivering with anger.
-“I have come back just in time to find that, unable to bring my uncle
-to such terms as you thought right, you have set Brace Alwood and his
-troop of villainous Tories upon the old man. But I tell you, sir, I
-will arouse the neighborhood, and if Uncle Ephraim is injured, you
-shall be held responsible!”
-
-The officer took a stride forward and seized the boy by the arm. He
-waved the crowd of women back. “Return to your work!” he commanded.
-“Mistress Benson, call William.” Then he said to Hadley: “Master
-Morris, step into the parlor here and tell me what you mean. I am in
-the dark.”
-
-Hadley began to think that perhaps he had been too hasty in his
-judgment. He stepped within the room. He did not speak to the officer’s
-daughter, but she stared at him with wide open, wondering eyes. Then
-in a few sentences he told how he had discovered the plot against his
-uncle.
-
-“Who are these Alwoods?” demanded the Colonel, when he had finished.
-
-“Alonzo Alwood is the boy who came here once to see you, father,”
-Lillian interposed, before Hadley could reply. “Do you not remember?
-He told you that Master Morris was about to carry dispatches to Mr.
-Washington again, and asked you to help stop him in his journey.”
-
-“Ah!” exclaimed Hadley. “He did try to halt me. But your servant, sir,
-stopped him. Have I to thank--?”
-
-“Mistress Lillian, sir,” said the Colonel, shortly, but a smile
-quivered about his mouth. “I am in the enemy’s country, as you advised
-me once, Master Morris, and I would not be a party to the young man’s
-plan. So this Brace Alwood is his brother?”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“And they connect my name with their raid upon that--that old man?”
-
-“They do, sir.”
-
-“Then to prove to you, Master Morris, that I am not in their
-confidence, or they in mine, I will ride back with you.” At the instant
-the man-servant entered. “William, saddle my horse and one of the bays
-for yourself--instantly! I will join you at once, Master Morris. If
-you have other men in the neighborhood on whom you can depend in this
-emergency, arouse them.”
-
-Hadley, feeling that his impulsiveness had caused him to accuse Colonel
-Knowles wrongfully, ran out again without a word. While William, as
-silent as ever, saddled the officer’s black charger and another animal
-for himself, the boy took the saddle off Black Molly and threw it upon
-one of the other horses in the stable. Then he clattered over to the
-nearest neighbor’s house and routed out the family. But the only men
-folk at home were two half-grown boys, and when their mother learned
-that there were Tories in the neighborhood she refused to allow them to
-leave her and the younger children. So he rode on to the next homestead
-and brought back with him to the inn but one man to join the party.
-Colonel Knowles and his servant were awaiting their coming in the road
-before the door of the Three Oaks.
-
-“Lead on, Master Morris!” commanded the officer. “You know the way by
-night better than I.”
-
-“But there are only four of us,” began Hadley, doubtfully.
-
-“We can wait for no more if what you have told me is true. They will be
-attacking the old man by now.”
-
-The quartette rode off at a gallop and little was said until they
-turned into the farm path which led through the pastures and fields to
-the Morris homestead. Then the neighbor was riding nearest Hadley’s
-side and he whispered: “Hey, Morris, suppose this should be a trap?
-Suppose the Britisher should be playing us false?”
-
-Hadley tapped the butt of the pistol beneath his coat. “Then he’ll get
-what’s in this first--and do you take William,” the boy whispered.
-“But I do not believe Colonel Knowles will play us false. These Tory
-blackguards are nothing to him.”
-
-The ring of the horses’ hoofs announced their coming before they were
-within shot of the house, around which the rascals under Brace Alwood
-had assembled. But no shots were fired, for Colonel Knowles was ahead
-and his mount was recognized by Lon in the light of the huge bonfire
-which had been built in front of the farmer’s door. Part of the Tories
-were already inside the house, ransacking the dwelling from cellar
-to garret, while Ephraim was tied hard and fast to one of his own
-chairs, and Brace Alwood, with cruel delight in the farmer’s terror,
-was threatening to hold the old man’s feet in the flames on the hearth
-if he did not divulge the hiding place of his gold. Colonel Knowles’
-coming struck the entire party of marauders dumb.
-
-“What are you doing here, you scoundrels?” exclaimed the officer,
-almost riding into the farmhouse in his rage, and laying about him with
-the riding whip he carried.
-
-The men shrank away in confusion. Even Brace Alwood, the bully, was
-cowed. “The old miser’s got more money than is good for him,” whined
-Alwood. “And his nephew is off with the rebels--”
-
-“Sirrah!” exclaimed the colonel, sharply. “Here is his nephew with me.
-And it matters not what his nephew may be, in any case; the man himself
-is for King George, God bless him!--or so I understand.”
-
-“Yes, yes, Master!” squealed the farmer from the chair where he was
-tied. “I am for the king. I told these villains I was for the king. It
-is an outrage. I cannot help what my rascally nephew is--I am loyal.”
-
-“And as for his money,” continued the colonel, savagely, “you’d work
-hard and long before you got any of it--and what you got would likely
-not be his, but belong to those whom he has robbed!” At that Uncle
-Ephraim recognized his rescuer, and he relapsed into frightened
-silence. “Come out of that house and go about your business!” commanded
-the officer. “Let me not find any of you in this neighborhood in the
-morning; and think not I shall forget this escapade. Your colonel shall
-hear of it, Alwood.”
-
-Somebody released the farmer from his uncomfortable position, and he
-followed the bushwhackers to the door, bemoaning his fate. The men
-clattered out and, evidently fearing the power of Colonel Knowles,
-hurried away toward the river. When Uncle Ephraim saw his woodpile
-afire, he rushed out and began pulling from the flames such sticks as
-had only been charred, or were burning at one end, all the time railing
-at the misfortune that had overtaken him. The neighbor looked on a
-minute and then said, brusquely:
-
-“I’ve little pity in my heart for such as you, neighbor Morris--a man
-that will take sides against his country.”
-
-“And I’ve little pity for you, either,” Colonel Knowles declared,
-when the first speaker had ridden away, “for you are a dishonest old
-villain!”
-
-He and William wheeled their horses and followed the bridle path
-back to the highway; but Hadley, much troubled by what he had heard,
-remained to help put out the fire in the woodpile. His uncle did not
-speak to him, however, but when the last spark was quenched by the
-water which the boy brought from the well, he went into the house and,
-fairly shutting the door in his nephew’s face, locked and barred it!
-
-“Well!” muttered Hadley, “I don’t need a kick to follow that hint that
-my company’s not wanted,” and he rode back to the inn, feeling very
-sorrowful. Evidently his uncle was angry with him. But more than all
-else was he troubled by the words he had heard Colonel Knowles address
-to Ephraim Morris. The British officer had broadly intimated that the
-farmer was a thief!
-
-On his return to the inn he was so tired that he did not think of
-supper, and, instead of going into the house, tumbled into his couch
-in the loft and dropped to sleep almost instantly. The next morning
-Master Benson did not arrive, and the mistress of the inn met Hadley
-with a very sour face and berated him well for the manner in which he
-had burst in upon her guests the night before.
-
-“You are spending more than half your time with Washington’s ragamuffin
-army,” quoth she; “you’d better stay with them altogether. I cannot
-have my guests disturbed and troubled by such as you.”
-
-Hadley was inclined to take her berating good-naturedly, for he knew at
-heart that she was a kindly woman, and that, when Jonas was at home,
-she would not dare talk so. But she had really engaged a neighbor to
-perform his tasks, and, learning that Jonas was not expected back for
-a week or more, Hadley saw that it was going to be very unpleasant for
-him in the neighborhood meanwhile. Even his uncle did not care for his
-company, and he could not eat the bread of idleness at the Three Oaks
-Inn. There were three or four men starting to join Washington’s forces,
-and he determined to accompany them, sorry now that he had returned at
-all.
-
-He did not feel at liberty to take one of the Bensons’ horses this
-time, and so started afoot for the vicinity of Philadelphia. The roads
-were full of refugee families, and, although he could not learn of any
-real battle having been fought, the country people had evidently lost
-all hope of Washington staying the advance of the British. Hadley and
-his comrades traveled briskly, reaching the vicinity of Warren’s Inn
-early on the morning of the 16th and joined General Wayne’s forces just
-as the downpour of rain which spoiled the operations of that day began.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
- WITH “MAD ANTHONY” WAYNE
-
-
-On this 16th day of September, the opposing forces--Howe’s army led by
-Lord Cornwallis and the Americans by Anthony Wayne--met in conflict
-near the Warren Inn. Since Brandywine, when, because of Sullivan’s
-defeat, Washington had been forced to retreat to Chester, the armies
-had been maneuvering on the Lancaster pike; but nothing more serious
-than skirmishes had resulted. But this conflict near the old inn was
-a close and sharp engagement, and it would have been general had not
-the rain which was falling become a veritable deluge. The arms and
-ammunition were rendered almost useless, and the Americans had to
-retreat again.
-
-[Illustration: WAYNE QUICKLY RALLIED HIS MEN]
-
-Bitterly did Hadley Morris grieve as, through the mud and downpour, he
-trudged in the ranks of his countrymen. Somebody sought him out on the
-march. It was Captain Prentice, relieved for the time of his command
-because of his wound; yet he had been near all day to encourage the men
-and was able still to wield his sword.
-
-“Eh, boy, I knew you would come back!” he said, smiling. “Your blood’s
-up, and you’ll not sit at peace in the chimney-corner till this bloody
-war is settled one way or ’tother.”
-
-Hadley told him what had occurred at his uncle’s house, and at the
-inn where he worked. “You did right to come back to fight with us,”
-Prentice said. “And you’ll see fighting enough with ‘Mad Anthony.’
-Where he goes there is fighting always--that is his business. And a
-braver or better general does not command on our side, despite the
-slanders that are told about him. Ah, Hadley, these adventurers and
-politicians with His Excellency are what keep us back. They so fear to
-see a good man win that they will do all they can to ruin him. Why, do
-you know, they are trying to throw some of the blame for Sullivan’s
-blunder, down there at Brandywine creek, upon Anthony Wayne, although
-he fought with all the stubbornness a man ever displayed, and held off
-Knyphausen and his Hessians all day--until, in fact, he learned of the
-defeat in his rear, and that the rest of the army was retreating.
-
-“We were too busy ourselves that day, Master Morris, to know much about
-what went on excepting directly in front of us,” Prentice continued,
-with a smile. “But now that the matter is history, for history is
-being made rapidly these days, we can get at the truth pretty easily.
-Colonel Cadwalader, who, by the way, has gone to Philadelphia to
-look out for his private interests, and several other officers, were
-discussing the Brandywine engagement yesterday. The colonel, naturally,
-is a strong opponent of Sullivan and a warm adherent of General Wayne,
-for the former has too many political friends, and the latter is a
-plain, out-and-out fighter. Wayne is a Pennsylvania man, you know;
-has been a farmer over near Easton ’most all his life--though they
-do say he traveled north once, surveying land. He is somewhere about
-thirty-three years old now.
-
-“He brought his own regiment into the army--the Fourth Pennsylvania,”
-continued the captain, getting away from the real matter under
-discussion, but holding Hadley’s attention, nevertheless, “and he has
-been advanced to brigadier-general for conspicuous gallantry. They call
-him ‘Mad Anthony’ and claim he is reckless and thoughtless; but it’s
-a pity we haven’t more such mad men in the army. You have seen to-day
-how the troops love him and what they will do for him. This handful of
-muddy, half-starved creatures would charge the whole of Howe’s army if
-Anthony Wayne were at their head! Did you get a glimpse of him to-day,
-Morris?”
-
-“Yes, sir. And I think him a fine figure of a man,” declared the boy,
-enthusiastically.
-
-“He is that, indeed. A man of more forceful facial expression I
-never saw, and his dark eyes are always sparkling--either in fun or
-with earnestness. Anthony Wayne is an ‘all or nothing’ man--he is
-never lukewarm, as are some of these fellows who have obtained their
-commissions from Congress. What if he does brag? Why, Morris, if we’d
-done what he has, and were masters of the science of war as he is, we’d
-brag ourselves!”
-
-“But why do they try to drag him into the trouble over the Brandywine
-defeat?” queried the boy.
-
-“Why? Ask me why a mangy, homeless cur always snarls at the heels of a
-dog that is well bred. ’Tis always so. Jealousy is at the bottom of
-all these cabals and plots with which the army is troubled. Even His
-Excellency is not free from the arrows of their hate. And, as I tell
-you, Sullivan has too many political friends. They wish to attract
-attention from his mistakes to somebody else, and they fall upon
-General Wayne and call him reckless. Reckless, forsooth! His fighting
-that day when he faced those Hessians was marvelous.
-
-“Nobody,” pursued Prentice, warmly, “unless it was His Excellency
-himself, realized how exceedingly well placed my Lord Howe’s troops
-were for defence on the left bank of the Brandywine. Greene selected
-our position--the position of the main army. I mean, at Chadd’s
-Ford--and it was well. Wayne was there. Sullivan, as the senior
-Major-General, commanded the left wing. Wayne’s line was three miles
-long, and the farthest crossing, which he did not cover, Sullivan was
-supposed to watch.
-
-“You and I, Morris, were too busy in our little corner to know these
-facts at that time. But it has all come out now, and, just because a
-certain Major Spear was either a fool or a coward, Sullivan’s flank was
-turned and the army routed.”
-
-“What had Major Spear to do with it?” asked Hadley, interested despite
-the mud and rain through which they continued to plod.
-
-“I’ll explain. Early on the day of the battle,--the 11th, you
-know,--Howe and Cornwallis marched for the forks of the Brandywine,
-where there are easy fords. Evidently they intended to do exactly what
-they did do--cross the river and march down on our side, doubling
-Sullivan’s wing back upon the main army. For a maneuver in broad
-daylight it was childish; but it won because of this man Spear.
-
-“Colonel Bland had been ordered to cross at Jones’ Ford to find out
-what the British were about. He sent back word--there can be no doubt
-of this, although Sullivan’s friends have tried to deny it--that
-Cornwallis was surely marching for the upper crossings. His Excellency,
-learning of this report, threw Wayne across the river to attack Grant
-and Knyphausen, while Sullivan and Greene were to engage the flanking
-column of Britishers. Why, if things had gone right, we’d have cut the
-two divisions of the enemy to pieces!” declared the captain, bitterly.
-
-“But it was not to be. A part of Wayne’s troops had already forded
-the river when this Major Spear, who had been reconnoitering in
-the direction of the forks, reported no sign of the enemy in that
-direction. What the matter was with the man I don’t know--nobody seems
-to know; but Sullivan should have known whether he was to be trusted or
-not. The general, on his own responsibility, halted his column and sent
-word to His Excellency that the first report of the British movements
-was wrong--Cornwallis was not in the vicinity of the Brandywine forks.
-Naturally this put the Commander-in-Chief out, and, fearing a surprise,
-he withdrew Wayne’s men from across the river. The Hessians followed;
-but they got no farther. Mad Anthony held them in check.
-
-“While we were fighting so hard down there by Chadd’s Ford, Sullivan
-was doing nothing at all. About one o’clock, it seems, a man named
-Cheney rode into Sullivan’s division and reported that the British had
-crossed the river and had reached the Birmingham meeting-house. That
-was some distance then on Sullivan’s right. But the general still stuck
-to his belief in Major Spear, and instead of sending out a scouting
-party, put aside the report as valueless.
-
-“This ’Squire Cheney is something of a man in his township--lives
-over Thornbury way, they tell me--and it angered him to be treated
-so superciliously by Sullivan. So what does he do but spur on to
-headquarters and inform General Washington himself. The report could
-scarcely be believed by the Commander-in-Chief and his staff, and
-you cannot blame them. Everybody knew how much depended on the day’s
-action, and that Sullivan should make such a terrible blunder was past
-belief.
-
-“Your friend Colonel Cadwalader told me about it afterward. ‘If you
-doubt my word, put me under arrest until you can ask Anthony Wayne or
-Persie Frazer if I am a man to be believed!’ said Cheney, getting red
-in the face. The staff--some of the young men, it seemed--had laughed
-at the queer figure the old fellow cut on his horse. ‘I’d have you know
-that I have this day’s work as much at heart as e’er a one of ye!’
-quoth Cheney, and at that His Excellency ordered a change of face, and
-part of the army moved up to the support of Sullivan.
-
-“You know what happened after that. You saw the fugitives and
-the wounded when you rode to Philadelphia, Hadley. It was a sad
-day, and all because one man made a mistake,--either foolishly or
-willfully,--and another man did not consider the fate of the first city
-in the land of sufficient importance to have every report brought to
-him corroborated. Sullivan must bear the brunt of this thing,--as his
-men bore the brunt of the enemy’s charge--because he was in command at
-that end of the line. But they’re trying to make out that Anthony Wayne
-could have saved the day with his troops had he wished. They’d not talk
-so bold had they faced those bloody Hessians as we did.”
-
-“It seems awful that there should be friction in an army of patriots,”
-Hadley said, thoughtfully. “They are all patriotic--they all desire the
-freedom of the Colonies.”
-
-“What some of them desire it would be hard to say,” declared Prentice,
-gloomily. “And we are not patriots until we win. We’re rebels now--and
-rebels we shall go down into history unless the Great Jehovah Himself
-shall strike for us and give us a lasting victory over the British. I
-tell you, boy, I am discouraged.”
-
-And it was a discouraged column of 1,500 men who marched that night to
-Tredyfrrin, where Wayne had been ordered by the Commander-in-Chief “to
-watch the movements of the enemy, and, when joined by Smallwood and the
-Maryland militia, to cut off their baggage and hospital trains.”
-
-On the 19th, after waiting in vain for Smallwood’s reinforcements,
-Wayne again crossed the river, and was, at Paoli, able to advance
-within half a mile of Howe’s encampment. He reported to General
-Washington that the enemy was then quietly washing and cooking. The
-British seemed to consider this advance on Philadelphia more in the
-light of a picnicing party than anything else. To his commander,
-however, Wayne said that the enemy was too compactly massed to be
-openly attacked by his small force, and begged that the entire army
-might come to his aid and strike a heavy blow. But neither Smallwood’s
-brigade nor any other division of the American forces arrived to aid
-the little party at Paoli on that day, nor the one following.
-
-Scouts brought in the tale that Howe was about to take up his line of
-march, and so, as the night of the 20th drew near, Wayne determined to
-attack in any case, reinforcements or not. The watchword that night
-in the American camp was, “Here we are and there they go!” and the
-troops were eager to follow their beloved leader into the very heart
-of the British encampment. It was believed that the night attack was
-unsuspected by the British, but it proved later that vigilant Tories
-had wormed the information from somebody on Wayne’s staff and hastened
-with it to the British camp.
-
-So confident was Wayne that his plans were unsuspected that, when
-informed by a friendly citizen, between nine and ten in the evening,
-that a boy of the neighborhood, who had been in the British camp during
-the day, had overheard a soldier say that “an attack on the American
-party would be made during the night,” Mad Anthony would not credit it.
-It did not seem probable that if such an attack was being considered by
-the British leaders, it would be common camp talk.
-
-However, believing that surplus precaution would do no harm, he
-multiplied his pickets and patrols and ordered the troops to repose
-on their arms, and, as it was then raining, made the men put their
-ammunition under their coats. He was thus prepared to meet an attack or
-withdraw, as circumstances might direct.
-
-Ere this, Captain Prentice had been sent to headquarters, almost by
-force, indeed, because his wound had become inflamed, and Hadley,
-being simply a volunteer, was obliged to take pot-luck where he found
-it, and was even without a blanket or pouch in which to carry his
-rations. He would have been more comfortable on picket duty that night,
-only volunteers were not trusted in such serious matters; and perhaps,
-if he had been, the youth would not have gotten out of the terrible
-engagement alive.
-
-Somewhere about eleven o’clock, rumor had it that the British were on
-the move. Wayne believed that the enemy would attack his right flank,
-and immediately ordered Colonel Humpton, his second in command, to
-wheel his line and move off by the road leading to the White Horse
-Tavern. Meanwhile, General Gray, in command of three British regiments
-and some dragoons with Tory guides, approached Paoli. The British were
-ordered to withhold their fire and to depend altogether on the bayonet.
-At midnight, two hours before the time fixed for his own advance on
-Howe’s force, Wayne learned that his pickets had been surprised.
-
-Colonel Humpton had not obeyed, nor did he do so until the third
-order reached him. The artillery moved without loss or injury, but
-the remainder of the army was in confusion, and, when charged by the
-British, the affair became almost a rout. An English officer who was
-present at the attack afterward wrote:
-
-“It was a dreadful scene of havoc. The Americans were easily
-distinguished by the light of the camp fires as they fell into line,
-thus offering Gray’s men an advantage. The charge was furious, and all
-Wayne’s efforts to rally his men were useless. They were driven through
-the woods two miles, and nearly a hundred and seventy men were killed.”
-
-With those about him, inspired as they were with fear of the bayonet,
-and confused by the darkness, Hadley Morris ran blindly through the
-woods to escape the death which followed him. The awful sabre-like
-bayonets of the British muskets he did escape; but a half-spent ball
-imbedded itself in the flesh of his leg above the knee and brought him
-at last to earth. The others streamed by and left him. He feared he
-would be captured and perhaps sent to the prison hulks in New York Bay;
-but both pursued and pursuer passed him by, and he was saved in the
-darkness.
-
-He could not travel with the ball in his leg, and so he lay down again
-under some bushes, and, despite the wound and his fright, dropped
-off into slumber, and slept just as soundly as he would had war and
-bloodshed been farthest from his thoughts.
-
-[TO BE CONTINUED]
-
-
- Education is a better safeguard of liberty than a standing army.
- --Edward Everett.
-
-
-
-
- MIDSUMMER DAYS
- By Julia McNair Wright
-
-
-The production of seed is the chief object of plant life. Upon this
-depends the continuance of the vegetable world, and therefore all
-animal existence. From the elephant to the mouse, from the whale to the
-minnow, from the eagle to the humming-bird, life is conditioned upon
-the constant return of “the herb-bearing fruit whose seed is in itself.”
-
-In every minute particular the flower is constructed to insure the
-production of sound seed. The first form of this seed is the tiny ovule
-in the germ. Ovules cannot grow into seeds, unless they are brought in
-contact with the pollen, which must arrive at them by way of the stigma.
-
-The pollen of flowers is a most fine, delicate dust. It must be
-conveyed without injury in the most delicate manner. Many flowers are
-exceedingly high up, as on climbing vines, or growing on tree-tops,
-peaks, or house-tops. Many other plants are very low down, lying close
-to the ground, as the bluets, chickweed, arbutus, partridge-berry, and
-others. A large number of plants are in positions inaccessible to man
-or the larger animals.
-
-Man excepted, the larger animals seem generally to have a destructive
-mission to plants, devouring, breaking, or trampling down. Men
-themselves are often ruthless destroyers of beautiful plants, and seem
-to care for and conserve only what concerns human convenience.
-
-Here, then, we have the problem of plants fixed in their places,
-needing carriers for their pollen to distant plants of their own
-kind, at the exact period of maturity. The carriers must be able to
-go high or low, into all manner of different localities; they must be
-delicately made, so that they will not injure the plants which they
-visit, capable of carrying the frail pollen grains unharmed, and they
-must have some object of their own in these visitations, which shall
-infallibly secure their doing of the work required. Finally, let us
-remember that the pollen of flowers is but seldom spread where it is
-easy to secure it. The buttercup lavishly expends a golden saucer of
-pollen; the lily has a wide-open door, near which hangs the antlers,
-like so many ready bells. On the other hand, how long and narrow are
-the throats of the morning-glories and honeysuckles; how tiny are the
-tubes of mint, thyme, and clover; how fast-closed is the mouth of the
-snap-dragon; how narrow the fox-glove’s throat. Pollen-carriers must
-be able to secure the dust so jealously kept, and must be afforded a
-reward for their trouble.
-
-What form of animal life meets all these conditions? But one--the
-insect. It is generally light and delicate in structure, active,
-winged; its life is conterminous with that of flowers; they are spring
-and summer guests. The slender shape and the long, slim mouth organs
-of the insect can penetrate and gently force open flower tubes and
-the fast-shut lips of corollas; the velvet coats and fine, waving
-antennæ will receive and carry uninjured the precious dust, and the
-insect habit of constant roaming from bloom to bloom assures the
-accomplishment of its important errand.
-
-Not all insects, but a few widely-distributed families, are the chosen
-partners of the flowers; these are the various tribes of bees, moths,
-and butterflies, with some help from a few others.
-
-“Nothing for nothing” seems to be a law of nature. What does the flower
-offer to the insect for its services as pollen distributer? Honey,
-which is the chief food of flying insects, also wax, and pollen for
-its private use at home. The miller, we know, takes toll from the flour
-he grinds.
-
-To secure insect visitants, the flower provides honey; almost all
-flowers secrete some dainty juices. As shopkeepers set up signs to
-inform the public of their wares, so the flowers hang forth signs;
-these are the brilliant corollas, or parts highly colored which take
-the place of corollas.
-
-Another bid for visits is made by perfume, which attracts insects as
-being generally associated with honey. Many flowers have inconspicuous
-corollas, or are hidden under foliage, or so placed as to risk being
-neglected; these call attention by fragrance, as the mignonette, the
-violet, or arbutus. Others, as the lilies, have large and attractive
-corollas, yet add perfume to size and color, to insure the securing of
-insect attention and help.
-
-[Illustration: PLANTS AND THEIR PARTNERS]
-
-Plants which depend upon moths, or any night-flying insects, have
-usually strong perfume and pale color, as white or light lemon color,
-which can easily be seen in twilight. The odor attracts the insect in
-its direction; and on a nearer approach the flower is seen.
-
-Most flowers have peculiarly bright streaks, spots, or other markings,
-in the direction of the honey, and the honey is placed at the bottom
-of the stamens, thus the insect is attracted just where he should go.
-The tiger lily has its startling red spots; the arum its lines of red
-and green; the morning-glory its vivid stripes, the jonquil its ruffled
-bi-colored crown, and the beauty-of-the-night its bright purple centre.
-
-When the pollen is ripe for carrying, all the parts of the flower
-are at their best: the perfume is the strongest, the coloring the
-brightest, the nectar most abundant.
-
-On these hot July days, when the sun draws out the richest fragrance
-and lights up the most brilliant colors, watch the bees and
-butterflies. The bee seeks the clover on one trip, mignonette on
-another, lilies on a third. The butterflies have no hive returning to
-mark their work, but you can count their visits, a dozen or more to
-flowers of one kind before they investigate the sweets of flowers of
-some other kind.
-
-So, the plant’s partners, while gathering honey for their daily needs,
-toil unthinkingly to perpetuate the very flowers upon which their
-existence depends.
-
-
-
-
- A DAUGHTER OF THE FOREST
- By Evelyn Raymond
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
- A Dead Water Tragedy
-
-
- SYNOPSIS OF PREVIOUS CHAPTERS.
-
- Brought up in the forests of northern Maine, and seeing few persons
- excepting her uncle and Angelique, the Indian housekeeper, Margot
- Romeyn knows little of life beyond the deep hemlocks. Naturally
- observant, she is encouraged in her out-of-door studies by her uncle,
- at one time a college professor. Through her woodland instincts, she
- and her uncle are enabled to save the life of Adrian Wadislaw, a
- youth who, lost and almost overcome with hunger, has been wandering
- in the neighboring forest. To Margot the new friend is a welcome
- addition to her small circle of acquaintances, and after his rapid
- recovery she takes great delight in showing him the many wonders of
- the forest about her home. But finally, after many weeks, the uncle
- decides, because of reasons which will be known later, that it would
- be better for Margot if Adrian left them. Accordingly, he puts the
- matter before the young man, who, although reluctant to leave his new
- friends, volunteers to go. Under the guidance of Pierre Ricord, a
- young Indian, the lad sets out for the nearest settlement. Once in the
- woods, however, they decide to remain there for a while. During their
- wanderings the two had become separated for a time and then it is that
- Adrian hears a noise which makes his pulse beat faster. It is the call
- of a moose.
-
-But Pierre, also, had heard that distant “Ugh-u-u-ugh!” and instantly
-paused.
-
-His own anxiety was lest Adrian should not hear and be still.
-Fortunately, the wind was in their favor and the sensitive nostrils
-of the moose less apt to scent them. Having listened a moment, he
-dropped his pack so softly that, heavy as it was, it scarcely made the
-undergrowth crack. His gun was always loaded, and, now making it ready
-for prompt use, he started back toward his companion. The Indian in
-his nature came to the fore. His step was alert, precise, and light as
-that of any four-footed forester. When within sight of the other lad,
-listening and motionless, his eye brightened.
-
-“If he keeps that way, maybe--Ah!”
-
-The moose call again, but farther off. This was a disappointment, but
-they were on good ground for hunting and another chance would come.
-Meanwhile, they would better make all haste to the thoroughfare. There
-would be the better place, and out in the canoe they’d have a wider
-range.
-
-“Here, you. Give me the boat. Did you hear it?”
-
-“Did I not? But you had the gun!”
-
-“Wouldn’t have made any difference if you’d had it. Too far off. Let’s
-get on.”
-
-Adrian lifted the pack and dropped it in disgust. “I can’t carry that
-load!”
-
-Pierre was also disgusted--by the other’s ignorance and lack of
-endurance.
-
-“What you don’t know about the woods beats all. Haven’t you seen
-anybody pack things before? I’ll show you. When there’s big game handy
-is no time to quarrel. If a pack’s too heavy, halve it. Watch and learn
-something.”
-
-Pierre could be both swift and dexterous if he chose, and he rapidly
-unrolled and divided the contents of the cotton tent. Putting part into
-the blanket, he retied the rest in the sheeting, and now neither bundle
-was a very severe tax.
-
-“Whew! What’s the sense of that? It’s the same weight. How does
-‘halving’ it help?”
-
-Pierre swung the canoe upon his head and directed:
-
-“Catch hold them straps. Carry one a few rods. Drop it. Come back
-after the other. Carry that a ways beyond the first. Drop it. Get
-number one. All time lap over, beyond, over, beyond. So.”
-
-With a stick he illustrated upon the ground, and, wasting no further
-time nor speech, clasped his gun the tighter under his arm and trotted
-forward again.
-
-Adrian obeyed instructions, and though it seemed, at first, a waste to
-go back and forth along the carry as he had been directed, found that,
-in the end, he had accomplished his task with small fatigue or delay.
-
-“Another bit of woodcraft for my knowledge box. Useful elsewhere, too.
-Wish I could get through this country as fast as Pierre does. But he’ll
-have to wait for me, anyway.”
-
-For a time Adrian could easily trace the route of his guide by the
-bruises the canoe had given the leaves and undergrowth; but after
-a while the forest grew more open and this trail was lost. Then he
-stopped to consider. He had no intention of losing himself again.
-
-“We are aiming for the south. Good. All the big branches of these
-hemlocks point that way--so yonder’s my way. Queer, too, how mossy the
-tree trunks are on the north side. I’ve heard that you could drop an
-Indian anywhere, in any forest, and he’d travel to either point of the
-compass he desired with nothing to guide him but his instinct. Wish I
-was an Indian! Wish, rather, I had my own compass and good outfit that
-went over in my canoe. Hurrah! There’s a glimmer of water. That’s the
-thoroughfare. Now a dash for it!”
-
-Adrian was proud of his new skill in finding his way through a
-trackless forest, but, though he duly reached the stream, he could not
-for a time see anything of Pierre. He did not wish to shout, lest the
-moose might be near and take fright, but at last he did give a faint
-halloo, and an answer came at once. Then a boat shot out from behind a
-clump of alders and made down the river toward him.
-
-The current was swift and strong, and there was considerable poling to
-be done before it touched the shore and Pierre stepped out.
-
-“I’ve been looking round. This is as good a place to camp to-night as
-we’ll find. Leave the things here, and might as well get ready now.
-Then we can stay out all day and come back when we like.”
-
-“But I thought we were to go on up thoroughfare. Why stop here at all?
-Other camping places are easy to find.”
-
-“Are they? Ask a few more questions. Good many things go to making
-right sort of camp. Dry ground, good water to drink, firewood,
-poles--Oh! shucks! If you don’t know, keep still and learn.”
-
-This was excellent advice, and Adrian was tired. He decided to trust
-to the other lad’s common sense and larger experience, and, having so
-decided, calmly stretched himself out upon the level bank of the stream
-and went to sleep.
-
-Pierre’s temper rose still higher, and after he had endured the sight
-of Adrian’s indolence as long as possible he stepped to the river and
-dipped a bucket of water. Then he returned and quietly dashed it over
-the drowsy lad. The effect was all that Pierre desired.
-
-“What did you do that for?”
-
-“Take this axe and get to work. I’ve chopped long enough. It’s my
-turn--or would be, only I’m after moose.”
-
-Adrian realized that he had given cause for offense and laughed
-good-naturedly. His nap had rested him much more than his broken sleep
-of the night under the rocks, and the word “moose” had an inspiration
-all its own.
-
-“I’ve cut the firewood. You get poles for the tent. I’ll get things
-ready for supper.”
-
-Adrian laid his hand dramatically upon his stomach. “I’ve an inner
-conviction already that dinner precedes supper.”
-
-“Cut, can’t you?”
-
-“Cut it is.”
-
-In a few moments he had chopped down a few slender poles, and,
-selecting two with forked branches, he planted these upright on a
-little rise of the dryest ground. Across the notches he laid a third
-pole, and over this he stretched their strip of sheeting. When this was
-pegged down at a convenient angle at the back and also secured at the
-ends, they had a very comfortable shelter from the dew and possible
-rain. The affair was open on one side, and before this Pierre had
-heaped the wood for the fire when they should return after the day’s
-hunt. Together they cut and spread the spruce and hemlock boughs for
-their bed, arranging them in overlapping rows, with an added quantity
-for pillows. Wrapped in their blankets, for even at midsummer these
-were not amiss, they hoped to sleep luxuriously.
-
-They stored their food in as safe a spot as possible, though Pierre
-said that nothing would molest it, unless it might be a hungry
-hedgehog; but Adrian preferred to take no risks. Then, with knives
-freshly sharpened on the rocks, and the gun in hand, they cautiously
-stepped into the canoe and pushed off.
-
-“One should not jump into a birch. Easiest thing in the world to split
-the bottom,” its owner had explained.
-
-Adrian had no desire to do anything that would hinder their success,
-therefore submitted to his guide’s dictation with a meekness that would
-have amused Margot.
-
-She would not have been amused by their undertaking, nor its but
-half-anticipated results. After a long and difficult warping-up the
-rapids, in which Adrian’s skill at using the sharp-pointed pole that
-helped to keep the canoe off the rocks surprised Pierre, they reached a
-dead water, with low, rush-dotted banks.
-
-“Get her into that cove yonder and keep still. I’ve brought some bark
-and I’ll make a horn.”
-
-There, while they rested and listened, Pierre deftly rolled his strip
-of birch bark into a horn of two feet in length, small at the mouth
-end, but several inches wide at the other. He tied it with cedar
-thongs, and, putting it to his lips, uttered a call so like a cow moose
-that Adrian wondered more and more.
-
-“Hm-m! I thought I was pretty smart, myself; but I’ll step down when
-you take the stand.”
-
-“Sh-h-h! Don’t move. Don’t speak. Don’t breathe if you can help it.”
-
-Adrian became rigid, all his faculties merged in that one desire to
-lose no sound.
-
-Again Pierre gave the moose call, and--hark! what was that? An
-answering cry, a far-away crashing of boughs, the onrush of some big
-creature, hastening to its mate.
-
-Noiselessly Pierre brought his gun into position, sighting one distant
-point from which he thought his prey would come. Adrian’s body dripped
-with a cold sweat, his hands trembled, specks floated before his
-staring eyes, every nerve was tense, and, as Margot would have said, he
-was a-thrill “with murder,” from head to foot! Oh! if the gun were his,
-and the shot!
-
-Another call, another cry, and a magnificent head came into view. With
-horns erect and quivering nostrils, the monarch of that wilderness
-came, seeking love, and faced his enemies.
-
-“He’s within range--shoot!” whispered Adrian.
-
-“Only mad him that way. Sh! When he turns--”
-
-“Bang! bang! bang!” in swift succession.
-
-The great horns tossed, the noble head came round again, then bent,
-wavered, and disappeared. The tragedy was over.
-
-“I got him! I got him that time! Always shoot that way, never--”
-
-Pierre picked up his paddle and sent the canoe forward at a leap. When
-there came no responding movement from his companion he looked back
-over his shoulder. Adrian’s face had gone white, and the eagerness of
-his eyes had given place to unspeakable regret.
-
-“What’s the matter? Sick?”
-
-“Yes. Why, it was murder! Margot was right.”
-
-“Oh, shucks!”
-
-Whereupon Pierre pulled the faster toward the body of his victim.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
- SHOOTING THE RAPIDS
-
-
-Three months earlier, if anybody had told Adrian he would ever be
-guilty of such “squeamishness,” he would have laughed in derision. Now,
-all unconsciously to himself, the influence of his summer at Peace
-Island was upon him, and it came to him with the force of a revelation
-that God had created the wild creatures of His forests for something
-nobler than to become the prey of man.
-
-“Oh! That grand fellow! His splendidly defiant, yet hopeless, facing of
-death! I wish we’d never met him!”
-
-“Well, of all fools! I thought you wanted nothing but a chance at him
-yourself.”
-
-“So I did, before I saw him. What if it had been Madoc?”
-
-“That’s different.”
-
-“The same. Might have been twin brothers. Maybe they were.”
-
-“Couldn’t have been. Paddle, won’t you?”
-
-Adrian did so, but with a poor grace. He would now far rather have
-turned the canoe about toward camp, yet railed at himself for his
-sudden cowardice. He shrank from looking on the dead moose as only an
-hour before he had longed to do so.
-
-They were soon at the spot where the animal had disappeared, and,
-pushing the boat upon the reedy shore, Pierre plunged forward through
-the marsh. Adrian did not follow, till a triumphant shout reached him.
-Then he felt in his pocket and, finding a pencil with a bit of paper,
-made his own way more slowly to the side of his comrade, who, wildly
-excited, was examining and measuring his quarry. On a broad-leaved rush
-he had marked off a hand’s width, and from this unit calculated that:
-
-“He’s eight feet four from hoof to shoulder, and that betters the
-King by six inches. See! His horns spread nigh six feet. If he stood
-straight and held them up, he’d be fifteen feet or nothing! They spread
-more’n six feet, and, I tell you, he’s a beauty!”
-
-“Yes. He’s all of that. But of what use is his beauty now?”
-
-“Humph! Didn’t know you was a girl!”
-
-Adrian did not answer. He was rapidly and skillfully sketching the
-prostrate animal, and studying it minutely. From his memory of it alive
-and the drawing, he hoped to paint a tolerably lifelike portrait of
-the animal; and a fresh inspiration came to him. To those projected
-woodland pictures he would add glimpses of its wild denizens, and in
-such a way that the hearts of the beholders should be moved to pity,
-not to slaughter.
-
-But, already, that sharpened knife of Pierre’s was at work, defacing,
-mutilating.
-
-“Why do that, man?”
-
-“Why not? What ails you? What’d we hunt for?”
-
-“We don’t need him for food. You cannot possibly carry those horns any
-distance on our trip, and you’re not apt to come back just this same
-way. Let him lie. You’ve done him all the harm you should. Come on. Is
-this like him?” and Adrian showed his drawing.
-
-“Oh! It’s like enough. If you don’t relish my job, clear out. I can
-skin him alone.”
-
-Adrian waited no second bidding, but strolled away to a distance and
-tried to think of other things than the butchering in progress. But
-at last Pierre whistled, and he had to go back or else be left in the
-wilderness to fare alone as best he might. It was a ghastly sight. The
-great skin, splashed and wet with its owner’s blood, the dismembered
-antlers, the slashed-off nose,--which such as Pierre considered a
-precious tid-bit,--the naked carcass, and the butcher’s own uninviting
-state.
-
-“I declare, I can never get into the same boat with you and all
-that horror. Do leave it here. Do wash yourself,--there’s plenty of
-water,--and let’s be gone.”
-
-Pierre did not notice the appeal. Though the lust of killing had died
-out of his eyes, the lust of greed remained. Already he was estimating
-the value of the hide, cured or uncured, and the price those antlers
-would bring could he once get them to the proper market.
-
-“Why, I’ve heard that in some of the towns folks buy ’em to hang their
-hats on. Odd! Lend a hand.”
-
-Reluctantly, Adrian did lift his portion of heavy horns and helped
-carry them to the birch. He realized that the quickest way of putting
-this disagreeable spot behind him was by doing as he was asked. He was
-hopeless of influencing the other by any change in his own feelings,
-and wisely kept silence.
-
-But they hunted no more that day, nor did they make any further
-progress on their journey. Pierre busied himself in erecting a rude
-frame, upon which he stretched the moose skin to dry. He also prepared
-the antlers and built a sort of hut, of saplings and bark, where he
-could store his trophies till his return trip.
-
-“For I shall surely come back this same way. It’s good hunting ground
-and moose feed in herds. Small herds, course, but two three make a
-fello’ rich. Eh?”
-
-Adrian said nothing. He occupied himself in what Pierre considered a
-silly fashion, sketching, studying “effects,” and carefully cutting big
-pieces of the birch bark that he meant to use for canvas. To keep this
-flat during his travels was a rather difficult problem, but finally
-solved by cutting two slabs of cedar wood and placing the sheets of
-bark between these.
-
-Whereupon Pierre laughed and assured the weary chopper that he had had
-his trouble for his pains.
-
-“What for you want to carry big lumber that way? Roll your bark. That’s
-all right. When you want to use it, put it in water. Easy. Queer how
-little you know about things.”
-
-“All right. I was silly, sure enough. But thanks for your teaching.
-Maybe, if you were in my city, I might show you a thing or two.”
-
-Both lads were glad, however, when night came, and, having cooked
-themselves a good supper and replenished their fire, they slept as
-only such healthy lads can sleep; to wake at sunrise, ready for fresh
-adventures, and with the tragedy of the previous day partly forgotten,
-even by Adrian. Then, after a hearty breakfast, they resumed their trip.
-
-Nothing eventful occurred for some time after. No more moose appeared,
-and, beyond winging a duck or two and fishing now and then, Pierre kept
-his hunting instincts down. In fact, he was just then too lazy to exert
-himself. He felt that he had labored beyond all reason during the past
-summer and needed a rest. Besides, were not his wages steadily going
-on? If Adrian was silly enough to paint and paint and paint all day,
-this old tree and that mossy stump, he was not responsible for another
-man’s stupidity. Not he. The food was still holding out, so let things
-take their course.
-
-Suddenly, however, Adrian realized that they were wasting time. He
-had made sketches on everything and anything he could find, and had
-accumulated enough birch bark to swamp the canoe, should they strike
-rough water; and far more than was comfortable for him to carry over
-any portage. So he one morning announced his intention of leaving the
-wilderness and getting back to civilization.
-
-“All right. I go with you. Show me the town, then I’ll come back.”
-
-“Well, as you please. Only I don’t propose to pay you any longer than
-will take us, now by the shortest road, to Donovan’s.”
-
-“Time enough to borrow that trouble when you see it.”
-
-But Pierre suggested that, as Adrian wished to learn everything
-possible about the woods, he should now take the guidance of affairs,
-and that whenever things went wrong, he, Pierre, could point the way.
-He did this because, of late, he fancied that his young employer had
-taken a “too top-lofty” tone in addressing him; and, in truth, Adrian’s
-day dreams of coming fame and his own genius were making him feel
-vastly superior to the rough woodsman.
-
-They had paddled over dead water to a point where two streams touched
-it, and the question rose--which way?
-
-“That!” said Adrian, with decision, pointing to the broader and more
-southern of the two.
-
-“Good enough.”
-
-For a moment the leader fancied there was a gleam of malice in
-his hireling’s eye, but he considered it beneath his notice and
-calmly turned the canoe into the thoroughfare he had chosen. It was
-wonderfully smooth and delightful paddling. In all their trip they had
-not found so level a stream, and it was nothing but enjoyment of the
-scenery that Adrian felt; until it seemed to him that they had been
-moving a long time without arriving anywhere. “Haven’t we?” he asked.
-
-“Oh! we’ll get there soon, now.”
-
-Presently things began to look familiar. There was one
-curiously-shaped, lightning-riven pine, standing high above its
-fellows, that appeared like an old friend.
-
-“Why, what’s this? Can there be two trees, exactly alike, within a
-half-day’s rowing? I’ve certainly sketched that old landmark from every
-side, and--Hello! yonder’s my group of white birches, or I’m blind. How
-queer!”
-
-A few more sweeps and the remains of the camp they had that morning
-left were before them, and Pierre could no longer repress his glee.
-
-“Good guide, you! Trust a know-it-all for a fool.”
-
-“What does it mean?” demanded Adrian, angrily.
-
-“Nothing. Only you picked out a run-about, a little branch of river,
-that wanders out of course and then comes home again. Begins and ends
-the same. Oh! you’re wise, you are.”
-
-“Would the other lead us right?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“But it turns north. We’re bound south.”
-
-“That’s no matter. Can’t a river turn, same as run-about?”
-
-“I give up. You guide. I’ll stick to my brush.”
-
-This restored affairs to the ground which Pierre considered proper,
-and, having paused long enough to eat a lunch, they set out afresh. The
-new track they followed ascended steadily, and it proved a difficult
-stream to warp up; but the ascent was accomplished without accident,
-and then the surface of the land altered. Again they reached a point
-where two branches met, and Pierre explained that the waters of one
-ran due north, but the other bent gradually toward the south and in a
-little while descended through one of the most dangerous “rips” he had
-ever seen.
-
-“Only saw them once, either. When I went as far as Donovan’s with the
-master, year before last.”
-
-“Didn’t know he ever came so far from the island.”
-
-“Why, he goes once every summer, or fall, as far as that New York of
-yours. Likely he’ll be going soon again.”
-
-“He does! Queer he never mentioned it.”
-
-“Maybe. I’ve a notion, though, that the things he don’t say are more
-important than what he does. Ever shoot a rip?”
-
-“No. I’ve tried and failed. That’s how I happened to get lost and
-wandered to Dutton’s.”
-
-“He’s the boss hand at it. Seems as if the danger fired him up. Makes
-him feel as I do when I hunt big game. He didn’t need my help, only
-fetched me along to take back some truck. That’s how he picked me out
-to show you. He knew I knew--”
-
-“And I wish I knew--lots of things!”
-
-“One of ’em might be that round that next turn comes the first dip.
-Then look out.”
-
-The stream was descending very perceptibly, and they needed no paddling
-to keep them moving. But they did require to be incessantly on the
-watch to guard against the rocks which obstructed the current, and
-which threatened the safety of their frail craft.
-
-“You keep an eye on me and one on the channel. It’ll take a clear head
-to carry us through, and no fooling.”
-
-Adrian did not answer. He had no thought for anything just then but the
-menace of those jagged points; which seemed to reach toward them as if
-to destroy.
-
-Nor did Pierre speak again. Far better even than his silent companion
-could he estimate the perils which beset them. Life itself was the
-price which they would pay for a moment’s carelessness, but a cool
-head, a clear eye, and a steady wrist--these meant safety and the proud
-record of a dangerous passage wisely made. A man who could shoot those
-rapids was a guide who might, indeed, some time demand the high wages
-Adrian had jeered at.
-
-Suddenly the channel seemed barred by two opposing boulders, whose
-points lapped each other. In reality, there was a way between them, by
-the shortest of curves and of but little more than the canoe’s width.
-Pierre saw and measured the distance skillfully, but he had not counted
-upon the opposing force of the water that rushed against them.
-
-“Look--out! Take--”
-
-Behind the right-hand rock seethed a mighty whirlpool, where the river,
-speeding downward, was caught and tossed back upon itself, around and
-around, mad to escape yet bound by its own power.
-
-Into this vortex the canoe was hurled, to be instantly overturned and
-dashed to pieces on the rock.
-
-On its first circuit of the pool, Adrian leaped and landed upon the
-slippery boulder--breathless, but alive! His hand still clasped the
-pole he had been using to steer with, and Pierre--? He had almost
-disappeared within the whirling water, that tossed him like a feather.
-
-[TO BE CONTINUED]
-
-
-
-
- FOURTH OF JULY
-
-
- Fling out our banner to the breeze,
- Our glorious stripes and stars;
- Unfurl our flag, o’er land and seas--
- Our nation’s stars and bars!
- The emblem of our birthright wave,
- O’er hill, and vale, and plain,
- Till over every patriot grave
- Our flag shall float again.
-
- We sing to-day a nation’s pride,
- Sung through an hundred years,
- Yet pause to bless the brave who died,
- And mingle smiles with tears;
- For ’neath the hill and on the plain
- The fallen heroes sleep,
- And while we sing our glad refrain
- Their mem’ry still we keep.
-
- Thanks be to Him who rules on high,
- For this, our festal day--
- Who holds the sparrows as they fly,
- And guides a nation’s way;
- May Freedom e’er maintain her cause,
- Unstained by passion’s wars,
- And Freedom e’er proclaim her laws
- Beneath the stripes and stars.
-
- --W. F. Fox.
-
-
-
-
- Wood-Folk Talk
- By J. ALLISON ATWOOD
-
-
- AUK’S MYSTERY.
-
-Without doubt most persons, should we ask them where Auk might be
-found, would laugh at us. “Auk?” they would say; “why he’s been dead
-for over half a century.” This seems very likely, since he has been
-neither seen nor heard of for a long time. But let me whisper a word in
-your ear: “Auk is still alive.” But why should he hide this way? Well,
-there is a very good reason for it, as you will see.
-
-To our mind Auk was badly treated. He was certainly not to blame for
-being unattractive: neither was it his fault that he was clumsy. He
-had lived on the shore of the Great South Bay for years, and supported
-himself comfortably by his industry. But he was kept from making
-friends by his awkward manners. It is easy enough for us to see the
-meaning of the word awkward now, even if it is spelled with a “w”
-instead of a “u,” but that is of little importance.
-
-Auk was a fisherman, and all his time, when not resting, was spent on
-the water. Although, as we have said, he was clumsy on land, Auk was a
-very graceful swimmer. More than that, he could stay under the water a
-long time, so that few fish, indeed, escaped him. This, of course, made
-many birds dislike him. They feared that there would be no fish left
-for them. To avert this danger, the Heron family, Tern, and most of the
-Gulls--all, in fact, except Black-head, who was too happy to quarrel
-with anyone--called a council. They would get rid of Auk.
-
-On the water, they knew, they could not harm him in the least: he was
-far too good a swimmer for that. But on the land he would be at their
-mercy. As every one knows, Auk could not fly. He had been growing too
-heavy of late years.
-
-So Tern proposed that the birds wait until night, when it was Auk’s
-habit to go back on the shore quite a way from the water to sleep. If
-they attacked him there he would be an easy prey.
-
-As soon as the sun had gone down Auk’s enemies gathered on the shore
-just below the long sand-bar. About dark Sandpiper at the suggestion of
-Night-Heron, stole quietly along the shore to learn if Auk was asleep.
-It took him but a few minutes to reach the spot where the great bulky
-fellow rested while sitting bolt upright. So excited was Sandpiper that
-his heart beat wildly, and he had hardly gotten half way back when he
-called out to his friends, “Asleep! Asleep!”
-
-Now Auk, even when in a sound slumber, always kept his ears wide
-open. That’s how he happened to hear Sandpiper’s piping voice telling
-the other birds that he was asleep. At first he thought he had been
-dreaming, but when he saw the dark forms down on the sand-bar he
-realized the truth and knew that he was in peril.
-
-Greatly frightened, Auk hurried to the water, as was his habit in all
-danger. It was well he did, for, in the next instant. Blue Heron,
-Tern, and a host of others came flying swiftly toward him. In another
-moment Auk dived headlong into the sea and swam rapidly away, while his
-enemies stood on the shore crying out in their disappointment.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Years passed and Auk was forgotten. Everyone supposed that he had
-long ago fallen prey to some enemy. Then, one night, Birdland was
-astonished. Night-Heron had been to the far north for some time past.
-Suddenly he came bursting in upon them. His eyes were wide open with
-wonder. All he could say was the word “Quok! Quok!” which everyone knew
-was his way of saying “Auk,” Night-Heron being slightly tongue-tied.
-After he had gotten over his excitement the birds learned of his trip
-to Granite Island. Whom do you suppose he found there? It was no less a
-person than Auk.
-
-At first folks thought Night-Heron’s mind had been wandering. But when
-he became calmer, and related his discovery, they could no longer
-refuse to believe him. All the old anger of the fishing birds seemed to
-arouse itself again. For years and years they had thought Auk was dead,
-and now they learned that he was still living and probably laughing at
-their stupidity.
-
-Quickly gathering together, they started north. This time he would not
-escape them. It took many days of tiresome flight, but at last they
-could see Granite Island in the dim distance ahead of them. As they
-drew near, their anger increased and their cries cut the air. Just try
-to imagine their feelings then, when, upon nearer approach, they found
-that Auk was not there.
-
-The truth was that Black-head had flown ahead of the party and warned
-Auk of his danger. Now he was circling high in air, and every now and
-then he would break out in laughter: “Gone! Ha! ha! ha! Gone! Ha! ha!
-ha!”
-
-But this defeat only hardened the purpose of the fishing birds. They
-still continue to hunt for Auk. Watch any of them if you will while on
-the sea-shore. See how tirelessly Tern is searching as he skims over
-wave after wave. Will he ever find Auk? At any rate, he will not give
-up. But then, when we think of the broad expanse of the Great North
-Ocean, and its many rocky islands, we cannot but feel that Auk is
-pretty safe after all. He has found a good hiding-place somewhere.
-
-You who have been believing that Auk has been extinct for half a
-century, now know that it is not so. But where is he? There is only one
-whom you can ask: that is Black-head. He will tell you nothing. Try it
-and see. His only reply is a laugh: “Gone! Ha! ha! ha! Gone! Ha! ha!
-ha!”
-
- * * * * *
-
- Nay, speak no ill; a kindly word
- Can never leave a sting behind;
- And, oh, to breathe each tale we’ve heard,
- Is far beneath a noble mind;
- For oft a better seed is sown
- By choosing thus a kindlier plan;
- Then if but little good we’ve known,
- Let’s speak of all the good we can.
-
- --Anonymous.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: WITH THE EDITOR]
-
- WITH THE EDITOR
-
-
-There is no holiday which appeals so directly to the boy as does the
-Fourth of July. Easter with its spirit of hopefulness, Thanksgiving
-with its bounty of turkey, or even Christmas with all its cheer and
-good will, does not, for some reason, reach the same depths of the boy
-nature as does the boom and sizz of fire crackers. There is something
-of the savage in him which delights in this almost barbaric method of
-commemorating the courage of his forefathers; for the Fourth of July is
-pre-eminently a day of courage.
-
-Without doubt we all admire bravery, but, while we are honoring those
-who so willingly exposed themselves to the bullet and bayonet, let us
-not lose sight of that courage which, though silent, was in reality the
-strength of the American Revolution--the courage born of conviction. It
-was this spirit which spoke through Richard Henry Lee when he proposed
-that the United Colonies, with a few poorly-armed troops, should
-renounce their allegiance to the most powerful nation in the world. It
-was this which prompted John Adams to second the movement in Congress,
-and there, by his eloquence, to uphold it day after day in the face of
-an opposition so strong that Jefferson compared it with the ceaseless
-action of gravity.
-
-The desire for independence was not bred of impulse. No one foresaw the
-danger of thus defying England more clearly than those who cried out
-for the separation. They knew that it would expose them, individually
-and collectively, to all the penalties of treason. But they had become
-convinced that it was right, and, to them, that fact was sufficient.
-
-Seemingly there is something of elasticity in this moral courage which
-leaps over obstacles before which mere physical courage would halt.
-Under the warmth of this spirit, with the strength of Patrick Henry,
-John Adams, and Thomas Jefferson behind it, the opposition slowly
-melted away, until, on July 4, 1776, the entire body declared for the
-Declaration.
-
-The representatives of the thirteen colonies had assembled in the old
-State House at Philadelphia. An anxious throng, from far and near, had
-gathered about the rough brick walls, for within was being discussed
-the momentous question of their liberties. Of a sudden, the ponderous
-bell overhead awoke and sent its pealing echoes from river to river,
-and at the same instant, as from one voice, a wild, excited cheer burst
-forth from the crowd below, to be taken up in every city in the land.
-Thus, in one of the darkest hours of their history, the colonies had
-declared themselves independent of a nation which had considered them
-all but conquered.
-
-Now, when we celebrate the one-hundred-and-twenty-sixth anniversary
-of our country’s birth, let us remember and honor those who made it
-possible. There is still, and will ever be, a call for the same moral
-courage which, in the face of such overpowering obstacles, built our
-nation. Not only on the Fourth of July, but during every day of the
-year, let us keep their example before us.
-
-
-
-
- EVENT AND COMMENT
-
-
- Seventeen-Year “Locust”
-
-An occurrence sufficiently rare to awaken interest, which has taken
-place during the past month, is the arrival of the seventeen-year
-cicada, commonly, though improperly, termed locust.
-
-These insects, which since the year 1885 have spent their entire lives
-in the ground, have, during the past six weeks, appeared in great
-numbers in various localities throughout the country.
-
-In any of these areas, if we observe the ground closely, we will see
-it dotted here and there with small holes. Through these the cicadas,
-after living underground for seventeen years, have now made their way
-to the surface. Here, with the shedding of the old shell, they take on
-a pair of wings, and after a short but noisy life of perhaps six weeks,
-they die. But in the meantime they have laid the eggs which insure a
-future brood of cicadas.
-
-The recording of the periodical visits of this insect dates as far back
-as 1633, when, it is stated, that a swarm was observed by the Puritans
-at the Plymouth Colony in Massachusetts.
-
-For many years our knowledge of the cicada, because of its underground
-habits, has been extremely limited, but at a comparatively recent
-date the Biological Survey at Washington has made a series of careful
-investigations, resulting in a very full history of the life and habits
-of this curious insect.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Among other facts relating to the cicada, brought out by the research,
-is that, as is the case of many creatures of which we know little, the
-damage done by it to agriculture has been greatly overestimated.
-
-
- The Boer War Ended
-
-War in South Africa was formally brought to an end when, on May 31st,
-the Boer delegates at Pretoria signed the documents containing the
-terms of surrender.
-
-The war began on October 11th, 1899, and has lasted two years seven
-months and twenty-one days. It has cost England $1,200,000,000, besides
-which they have suffered a loss of 21,966 killed and 75,000 prisoners
-and wounded.
-
-The estimated loss of the Boers is 19,000 lives and 40,000 captured.
-
-The greatest force of troops which England had in the field at any one
-time was 280,000, while estimates of the Boer army vary from 25,000 to
-50,000.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The terms of peace allowed to the Boers are, perhaps, the best ever
-offered to a conquered people. Among its conditions are: Immunity
-from war indemnity, the substitution of representative for military
-administration, and a gift of fifteen millions of dollars for the
-re-stocking of their farms.
-
-
- The Cuban Republic
-
-On May 20th, Governor-General Wood, according to his instructions from
-the President of the United States, turned over to President Palma and
-his Congress the government and control of the island of Cuba.
-
-During the impressive ceremony President Palma, amid the cheers of the
-spectators, expressed his thanks to the Government of the United States
-for the fulfillment of its pledges and its kindly services to the new
-republic.
-
-According to the _Boston Herald_, “the American flag was never more
-highly honored than when it was hauled down by Governor-General Leonard
-Wood from the Government building at Havana.”
-
- * * * * *
-
-There is probably no parallel in history of this act of the United
-States in which a nation, after having won so rich a territorial prize
-in war, eventually turned it over to its people for free government.
-
-
- The New Trains
-
-One of the most significant railway trials ever held in this or any
-country was that recently made between New York and Chicago, by the
-special train of the Pennsylvania Railroad and the “Twentieth Century”
-of the New York Central.
-
-Although the two trains went by widely separate routes, they covered
-the required distance, over nine hundred miles, in the same time to the
-minute--19 hours and 57 minutes.
-
-This is three minutes less than the schedule time allowed, and is fully
-three hours faster than any speed previously made over the same course.
-
- * * * * *
-
-As these new trains are now regularly on the schedules of their
-respective roads, the race will hereafter be an every-day occurrence,
-and we may look forward even to the lowering of this record.
-
-
- Foreign Immigration
-
-During the month of May the total number of immigrants arriving at New
-York was between 85,000 and 90,000.
-
-This exceeds any monthly record for the past twenty years. The majority
-of the new arrivals were from Austria-Hungary, Italy, and Russia. In a
-count of 51,000 immigrants it was found that 14,000 could neither read
-nor write.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Although at present this does not promise much for the standard of
-American citizenship, we can reasonably hope that in time our system of
-education will convert their descendants, at least, into very useful
-citizens.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: OUT OF DOORS]
-
- OUT OF DOORS
-
-
-The great event at the recent intercollegiate athletic meeting held in
-New York, was the hundred-yard run made by Duffy, Georgetown’s little
-sprinter, who covered the distance in the remarkable time of 9 3-5
-seconds. This has been a long-coveted speed among runners, and is very
-likely to stand for some time as the world’s record.
-
-The outcome of the meeting in points was as follows: Harvard, 34; Yale,
-30; Princeton, 27.
-
- * * * * *
-
-At the time of writing interest in the rowing world centers in the
-regatta of the Inter-collegiate Rowing Association, to be held at
-Poughkeepsie, on June 21. Here Cornell, Columbia, Pennsylvania,
-Wisconsin, Georgetown, and Syracuse will enter eight-oar crews, in
-addition to which the first three will make entry in the four-oar
-contest. All but Georgetown will also participate in the Freshman race.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Oarsmen in this country are interested in learning that the American
-Henley has been decided upon as an annual feature in the rowing world.
-This is the result of the meeting of the American Rowing Association,
-which held its session in New York on May 10th.
-
-The event will be held annually in July on the Schuylkill River, at
-Philadelphia, and will be so arranged as not to interfere with the
-schedules of the colleges, in order that each one may be able to enter
-a crew.
-
- * * * * *
-
-As the season of college base-ball draws to a close the facts indicate
-that Harvard has had the best team in the field. Second to her, to the
-surprise of many, comes the University of Illinois, who has defeated
-Yale, Princeton, and Pennsylvania, and was only beaten by Harvard by a
-score of 2 to 1.
-
-Both Annapolis and West Point, considering the difficulties under which
-they practice, have made such a good showing that we naturally look
-forward to their taking a more prominent place on the diamond in future.
-
- * * * * *
-
-In spite of the fact that polo is only locally well known in this
-country, it has already taken a strong hold upon the people. An
-evidence of this may be found in the American team which went over to
-London to compete with the best English players. During their stay the
-visitors will be royally entertained, and will remain in England to
-observe the coronation.
-
-Interest in the games has been increased because of the fact that they
-will be attended by King Edward, who has always been an enthusiastic
-supporter of the sport.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: IN-DOORS]
-
- IN-DOORS
-
- PARLOR MAGIC
- By Ellis Stanyon
-
- The first of this series of papers on Magic, commencing with the March
- number, included directions to the beginner for Palming and the Pass.
-
-
-Tricks with Handkerchiefs.--For the following experiments, you will
-require three fifteen-inch silk handkerchiefs, an ordinary small
-sliding match-box, a candle in a candlestick, and a conjuring wand;
-also a false finger and a conjuring pistol, hereafter described.
-
- * * * * *
-
-You prepare for the series of tricks by rolling up one of the
-handkerchiefs very small and pushing it into the match-box, which you
-open about one inch for the purpose; another is rolled up and placed
-behind the collar on the left-hand side of the neck; and the last is
-loaded into the false finger and placed in the right-hand trousers
-pocket. You are now ready to commence.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Handkerchief and Candle.--“Ladies and gentlemen, the following
-experiment was suggested to me at the age of twelve, while studying
-chemistry. I then learned that all matter was indestructible. Proof of
-this, as you are well aware, is afforded with an ordinary candle. You
-may light a candle at one end and let it burn to the other, but you
-do not destroy the matter of which it is composed. What really takes
-place is the formation of new substances, as hydrogen, carbon, water,
-etc., which any of the text books on chemistry will explain. I will,
-however, give you one striking illustration.”
-
-Pick up the match-box and, while taking a match therefrom, push the
-handkerchief into the right hand, and throw the box down on the table.
-Take the candle from the candlestick and place it in the right hand,
-which masks the presence of the handkerchief. You now appear to take
-something from the flame of the candle with the left hand, which you
-close as if it really contained an article. Open the hand slowly,
-looking surprised to find that you have failed and remark: “Well,
-really, I cannot understand this. I am generally successful with this
-trick. Oh! I know what is the matter. You see, I am using the left
-hand. If you do things left-handed they can’t possibly be right. I will
-try the right hand.” Saying this, you place the candle in the left
-hand and immediately produce the handkerchief from the flame, closing
-the hand as before. It now only remains for you to open the hand and
-develop the silk slowly.
-
-
-To Fire a Handkerchief into a Gentleman’s Hair.--For the purpose of
-this trick you will have to make use of what is known as a conjuring
-pistol, which, being in constant use in magical surprises, I will
-describe. It consists of an ordinary pistol fitted with a conical tin
-tube eight inches long. The mouth of this tube is about two inches in
-diameter, and is supplied with a tin cup one and one-half inches deep,
-having its outer edge turned over all around so as to afford a ready
-grip to the palm. The conical tube is fitted with an inner tube to keep
-it firm on the barrel of the pistol (Fig. 10).
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 10]
-
-Taking up the pistol, you place the two handkerchiefs, which look like
-one, in the cup; push them well down and remark: “I shall now fire
-direct at the gentleman’s head, and after the shot the handkerchief
-will be found firmly imbedded in his hair, and will, not unlikely, be
-seen protruding from one of his ears. It just depends on the force of
-the shot, you know, and I need hardly say I loaded the pistol myself,
-and am totally ignorant of firearms. Are you ready, sir? Then good-by!”
-Place the muzzle of the pistol in the left hand while you shake hands
-with the gentleman. In taking the pistol back into the right hand
-to fire it, you leave the cup behind in the left hand, and, at the
-instant you pull the trigger, you drop it into the pocket on the left
-side. When discharging the pistol you will, of course, stand with your
-right side to the audience.
-
-You now ask the gentleman to take the handkerchief from his hair,
-telling him that it is just behind his left ear; and, while he is
-trying to find it, you stand with your hands in your trousers pockets,
-telling him to make haste, you cannot wait all evening. When he has
-tried some time and failed to find it, you take your hands from your
-pockets, having got the false finger into position between the second
-and third fingers. Showing the hands back and front (the addition of
-the extra finger will not be noticed), you pass them several times over
-the head of the gentleman, then, lowering them to his head, you detach
-the finger and draw out the handkerchief. The false finger is then laid
-down on the table under cover of the handkerchief.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 11]
-
-The finger is made of thin spun brass, painted flesh color. It is quite
-hollow from tip to root, and is shaped for fitting between the second
-and third fingers (Fig. 11). It can be used in many tricks, and is
-really an indispensable accessory to the amateur magician.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
- THE OLD TRUNK
-
-
-The following are the names of the winners of May puzzle contest:
-
- Harrie C. Knightly, Randolph, Mass.
- R. E. Williams, Bloomington, Ill.
- Leslie W. Quirk, 614 Jefferson St., Madison, Wis.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Answers to June Puzzles.
-
-1. Diamond, pearl, opal, topaz, ruby, amethyst.
-
-2. O
- A P T
- A L T A R
- O P T I C A L
- T A C I T
- R A T
- L
-
-3. Dewey.
-
-4. Systematic, phlegmatic, chromatic, acroamatic, diplomatic, pragmatic.
-
-5. Rock-dock-lock-clock.
-
-6. S A L A D
- A L I C E
- L I V R E
- A C R I D
- D E E D S
-
-7. “Practice makes perfect.”
-
-8. Lance.
-
-The first five perfect solutions were received from:--
-
-Elizabeth Warren, Harry J. Sanford, Eleanor M. Lavine,
-Mary Folsom Pierce, John L. Crawford.
-
- * * * * *
-
-UNBOUNDED STATES.
-
-The names of these states are mixed up. Can you straighten them?
-
- Nisniscow.
- Naidnai.
- Nitmanose.
- Nicolraaif.
- Nazoair.
- Naaiiousl.
-
- --Charles C. Lynde.
-
- * * * * *
-
-THE MENAGERIE.
-
-In the following paragraph there are the names of twenty
-animals--spelled backwards.
-
-It accidentally happens that the lumber now occasionally found in oil
-regions every six or seven years is such that no Occidental country
-produces. I am sure editors so agree. So omitting any explanation, I
-merely state the fact. Tippoo-Tib bargains for all of it. Overflowing
-with oil it is always in a bad muss. Oporto is the place to which it
-is shipped. When it arrives whole machines are made from it, giving, I
-presume, employment to many persons who are constantly on the go during
-business hours, the parents and children working side by side. All
-sorts of religionists there mix, Ebionites even being found among them,
-who strive and fret to make converts to their faith, and they, as those
-at the Po let names weigh more than deeds. I would not say this did I
-know it to be false.
-
---R. E. Williams._
-
- * * * * *
-
-DIAMOND.
-
-1, a consonant; 2, a serpent; 3, juvenility; 4, consumed;
-5, a consonant.
-
- --Lillian C----.
-
- * * * * *
-
-A NOVEL ACROSTIC.
-
-If the words indicated below be written one beneath another, the finals
-will spell a national holiday, and the initial letters will form the
-plural of something which is used on that day.
-
- A leaf of blank paper.
- A dye.
- A kind of ancient poetry.
- Part of the head.
- An animal.
- A fresh water fish.
- Likewise.
- A leader.
- A boy’s name spelled backwards.
- A large bird.
- A small brook.
- Cunning.
-
- --Katherine D. Salisbury.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: WITH THE PUBLISHER]
-
- WITH THE PUBLISHER
-
- YOUTH
- An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys and Girls
- Edited by HERBERT LEONARD COGGINS
-
- =Single Copies 10 Cents= =Annual Subscription $1.00=
-
-Sent postpaid to any address. Subscriptions can begin at any time and
-must be paid in advance
-
-The publishers should be promptly informed of any change of address
-
-Subscribers who have not received their magazine regularly will please
-notify the publishers
-
-Remittances may be made in the way most convenient to the sender, and
-should be addressed to
-
- THE PENN PUBLISHING COMPANY
- 923 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
-
- _THE NEW DEPARTMENT_
-
-Although we have opened our new department, “Out of Doors,” a little
-later than was intended, we believe that it will meet with favor among
-our readers. We hope, too, that, in the future, it will grow in size as
-well as in interest.
-
-
- _TO CONTRIBUTORS_
-
-The publishers of YOUTH desire to state that for a time, hereafter,
-they will be unable to examine manuscripts submitted for publication,
-except those to be entered in the Prize Competition. Full particulars
-in regard to this offer will be found in one of the advertising pages
-of this issue.
-
-
- _50c. FOR TWENTY-FIVE NAMES_
-
-Anyone who will send us the names and addresses of twenty-five of his
-friends, boys or girls, and fifty cents additional, will receive a
-year’s subscription to YOUTH. The magazine will be sent to any desired
-address. This is a very easy way for any person, young or old, to
-obtain a year’s subscription. We wish the twenty-five names for the
-sole purpose of distributing sample copies of YOUTH. They will be put
-to no other use, so that no one need have any hesitation in sending the
-list.
-
-
- _AN EASY WAY TO EARN MONEY_
-
-In order to increase the circulation of Youth as rapidly as possible,
-we have decided to make some exceptional inducements to boys and girls
-to obtain subscriptions. The work can be done after school hours, and
-on Saturdays and holidays. The arrangement we make for doing the
-canvassing renders the work very agreeable, and the commission offered
-is so large that it cannot fail to be an inducement.
-
-To such of our readers as would like to earn a considerable sum of
-money with little effort, we suggest that they send us their names and
-addresses, and we will at once forward full particulars.
-
-
- _SPECIAL SUBSCRIPTION OFFER_
-
-In order to make it a substantial object for our subscribers to
-interest themselves in extending the circulation of YOUTH, we have
-decided to make the following special offer:
-
-For every new subscription sent us we will send, free of all cost,
-one of any of the books named in the accompanying list. These books
-are the latest and best stories of the most popular writers for boys
-and girls. They are beautifully illustrated and handsomely bound. The
-regular price of each book is $1.25. This is an exceptional opportunity
-for any one to add to his library with little effort, and we trust that
-a very large number of our subscribers will quickly avail themselves
-of this special offer. This, of course, does not apply to those taking
-advantage of our other subscription offers.
-
- Earning Her Way By Mrs. Clarke Johnson
- Her College Days By Mrs. Clarke Johnson
- A Maid at King Alfred’s Court By Lucy Foster Madison
- A Maid of the First Century By Lucy Foster Madison
- A Yankee Girl in Old California By Evelyn Raymond
- My Lady Barefoot By Evelyn Raymond
- Dorothy Day By Julie M. Lippmann
- Miss Wildfire By Julie M. Lippmann
- An Odd Little Lass By Jessie E. Wright
- An Every-day Heroine By Mary A. Denison
- Uncrowning a King By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.
- At the Siege of Quebec By James Otis
- In the Days of Washington By William Murray Graydon
- On Woodcove Island By Elbridge S. Brooks
- Under the Tamaracks By Elbridge S. Brooks
- The Wreck of the Sea Lion. By W. O. Stoddard
- The Young Financier By W. O. Stoddard
- True to His Trust By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.
- Comrades True By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.
- Among the Esquimaux By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.
- The Campers Out By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.
- The Young Gold Seekers. By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.
- Andy’s Ward By James Otis
- Chasing a Yacht By James Otis
- The Braganza Diamond By James Otis
- The Lost Galleon By W. Bert Foster
- Exiled to Siberia By William Murray Graydon
- The Lost Gold Mine By Frank H. Converse
- A Cape Cod Boy By Sophie Swett
- Making His Mark By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- The Young Boatman By Horatio Alger, Jr.
- The Odds Against Him By Horatio Alger, Jr.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes:
-
-A number of typographical errors have been corrected silently.
-
-Archaic spellings have been retained.
-
-Irregular closing quotes were not modernized.
-
-Page 191 number of 51,000 immigrants is unreliable as the “1” is unclear.
-
-Spelling of “Seesame and Lilies” has been corrected to “Sesame and Lilies”.
-
-Cover image is in the public domain.
-
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK YOUTH, VOLUME 1, NUMBER 5, JULY
-1902 ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/64979-0.zip b/old/64979-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index c3fa7ae..0000000
--- a/old/64979-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h.zip b/old/64979-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 362caa8..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/64979-h.htm b/old/64979-h/64979-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ef4315..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/64979-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5237 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- Youth: An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys&amp;Girls (Vol. I, No. 5),
- Edited by Herbert Leonard Coggins&mdash;A Project Gutenberg eBook
- </title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- }
-
- h1,h2,h3,h4 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
- }
-
-h2 {
- font-size: 2em;
- }
-
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
- }
-
-p.citation {text-align: right}
-
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: 33.5%;
- margin-right: 33.5%;
- clear: both;
- }
-
-hr.double {
- width: 80%; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;
- padding: 0;
- border: none;
- border-top: thick double;
- text-align: center;
- }
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
-
-hr.r5 {width: 5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-left: 47.5%; margin-right: 47.5%;
- }
-
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
-
-table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- border-collapse: collapse;
- }
-
-.bordcontents {
- width: 80%; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;
- border-width: thick;
- border-top-style: double;
- border-bottom-style: double;
- }
-
-/* square table to display puzzles */
- table.square
- {border: none; white-space: nowrap;}
- table.square td
- {width: 1.1em; line-height: 1.1em; text-align: center;}
-
-/* TOC defined below */
-
-table.toc {
- margin: auto;
- width:auto;
- max-width: 40em;
- }
-td.title {
- padding-top: 1em;
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- padding-left: 1em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-td.author {
- padding-top: 1em;
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- padding-left: 2em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-td.illus {
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- padding-left: 3em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-td.page {
- text-align: right;
- vertical-align: bottom;
- padding-left: 2em;
- }
-
-/* book list defined below */
-td.titleb {
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- padding-left: 1em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-td.authorb {
- font-weight: bold;
- text-align: left;
- vertical-align: top;
- padding-left: 2em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-
-.blockquot {
- margin-left: 5%;
- margin-right: 5%;
- }
-
-.bbox {border: 2px solid;}
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.h2sub {text-align: center; font-weight: bold;}
-
-.right {text-align: right;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.bold {font-weight: bold;}
-
-.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
-
-.sans-serif {font-family:sans-serif;}
-
-.gesperrt {
- letter-spacing: 0.2em;
- margin-right: -0.2em;
- }
-
-em.gesperrt{
- font-style: normal;
- }
-
-.caption p {
- text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0;
- margin: 0.25em 0;
- font-size: smaller;
- }
-
-/* Images */
-
-img {
- max-width: 100%;
- height: auto;
- }
-img.w100 {width: 100%;}
-
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- max-width: 100%;
- }
-
-.dropcap {float: left;
- padding-right: 3px;
- font-size: 300%;
- line-height: 83%;}
-
-/* Poetry */
-.poetry-container {text-align: center;}
-.poetry {text-align: left; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%;}
-/* uncomment the next line for centered poetry in browsers */
-.poetry {display: inline-block;}
-.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em auto;}
-.poetry .verse {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;}
-/* large inline blocks don’t split well on paged devices */
-@media print { .poetry {display: block;} }
-.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;}
-
-/* Transcriber’s notes */
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom:5em;
- font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
-
-/* unordered list without bullet */
-ul {
- list-style-type: none;
- }
-
-/* Poetry indents */
-.poetry .indent0 {text-indent: -3em;}
-.poetry .indent2 {text-indent: -2em;}
-.poetry .citation {text-align: right}
-
-.illowp100 {width: 100%;}
-.illowp54 {width: 54%;}
-.illowp78 {width: 78%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp78 {width: 100%;}
-.illowp62 {width: 62%;}
-.x-ebookmaker .illowp62 {width: 100%;}
-
-.titlepage
- {width: 28em; border: solid thin; text-align: center;
- margin: 1em auto; padding: 1em;
- }
-
- </style>
- </head>
-
-<body>
-
-<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Youth, Volume 1, Number 5, July 1902, by H. L. Coggins</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<table style='min-width:0; padding:0; margin-left:0; border-collapse:collapse'>
- <tr><td>Title:</td><td>Youth, Volume 1, Number 5, July 1902</td></tr>
- <tr><td></td><td>An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys & Girls</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: H. L. Coggins</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: April 01, 2021 [eBook #64979]</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: hekula03, Mike Stember and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.)</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK YOUTH, VOLUME 1, NUMBER 5, JULY 1902 ***</div>
-
-<div class="chapter">
- <div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_cover" style="max-width: 72em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Cover" />
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="titlepage">
-<h1>YOUTH<br />
-<small>VOLUME 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NUMBER 5<br />
-1902<br />
-JULY<br />
-<i>An</i> ILLUSTRATED
-MONTHLY
-JOURNAL <i>for</i>
-BOYS &amp;
-GIRLS</small></h1>
-
-<p class="center">The Penn Publishing Company Philadelphia
- </p>
- </div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak gesperrt bordcontents" id="CONTENTS">
- CONTENTS FOR JULY
- </h2>
-
-<table class="toc" summary="Contents">
-<tr class="title">
- <td class="title"><a href="#i_frontis">FRONTISPIECE (Independence Hall)</a></td>
- <td class="author"></td>
- <td class="page"> <span class="allsmcap">PAGE</span></td>
- </tr>
-<tr class="title">
- <td class="title"><a href="#THE_DOUBLE_PERIL">THE DOUBLE PERIL</a></td>
- <td class="author">George H. Coomer</td>
- <td class="page">157</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#LITTLE_POLLY_PRENTISS">LITTLE POLLY PRENTISS</a> (Serial)</td>
- <td class="author"> Elizabeth Lincoln Gould</td>
- <td class="page">161</td>
- </tr>
-<tr class="title">
- <td class="title"><a href="#The_Fence_Man">The Fence Man</a></td>
- <td class="author"> Mrs. F. M. Howard</td>
- <td class="page">166</td>
- </tr>
-<tr class="title">
- <td class="title"><a href="#WITH_WASHINGTON">WITH WASHINGTON AT VALLEY FORGE</a> (Serial)</td>
- <td class="author">W. Bert Foster</td>
- <td class="page">170</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="illus">Illustrated by F. A. Carter</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#MIDSUMMER_DAYS">MIDSUMMER DAYS</a></td>
- <td class="author">Julia McNair Wright</td>
- <td class="page">179</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="illus">Illustrated by Nina G. Barlow</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#A_DAUGHTER">A DAUGHTER OF THE FOREST</a> (Serial)</td>
- <td class="author">Evelyn Raymond</td>
- <td class="page">181</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#FOURTH_OF_JULY">FOURTH OF JULY</a></td>
- <td class="author">W. F. Fox</td>
- <td class="page">187</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#Wood-Folk_Talk">WOOD-FOLK TALK</a></td>
- <td class="author">J. Allison Atwood</td>
- <td class="page">188</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#WITH_THE_EDITOR">WITH THE EDITOR</a></td>
- <td></td>
- <td class="page">190</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#EVENT_AND_COMMENT">EVENT AND COMMENT</a></td>
- <td></td>
- <td class="page">191</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#OUT_OF_DOORS">OUT OF DOORS</a></td>
- <td></td>
- <td class="page">192</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#IN-DOORS">IN-DOORS (Parlor Magic, Paper V)</a></td>
- <td class="author">Ellis Stanyon</td>
- <td class="page">193</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#Illustration_THE_OLD_TRUNK">THE OLD TRUNK (Puzzles)</a></td>
- <td></td>
- <td class="page">195</td>
- </tr>
-<tr>
- <td class="title"><a href="#WITH_THE_PUBLISHER">WITH THE PUBLISHER</a></td>
- <td></td>
- <td class="page">196</td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="double" />
-
-<h2 class="center gesperrt">YOUTH<br />
- </h2>
-
-<p class="center"><i><span class="gesperrt"><strong>An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys and Girls</strong></span></i>
-<br />
-<strong><small>SINGLE COPIES 10 CENTS&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION $1.00</small><br />
-<small>Sent postpaid to any address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Subscriptions can begin at any time and must be paid in advance</small><br />
-<small>Remittances may be made in the way most convenient to the sender, and should be sent to</small></strong></p>
-
-<p class="center"><span class="smcap"><strong>The Penn Publishing Company</strong></span><br />
-<strong><small>923 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA.</small></strong><br />
-</p>
-
-<p class="center">Copyright 1902 by The Penn Publishing Company.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_frontis" style="max-width: 56.6875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_frontis.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>INDEPENDENCE HALL</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak gesperrt" id="YOUTH">YOUTH
- </h2>
- <p class="h2sub">VOL. I&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;JULY 1902&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;No. 5
- </p>
-
-<hr />
-
-<h2 class="h2sub" id="THE_DOUBLE_PERIL">THE DOUBLE PERIL
- </h2>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p class="h2sub"><strong>By George H. Coomer</strong></p>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">“N</span>ONSENSE,” said Uncle Hayward;
-“how people do like to be scared!
-If a real Bengal tiger had made his
-escape anywhere within twenty miles of
-here, the whole country would have been up
-in arms before this time. I’ve no faith in
-the story.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, they are not quite sure of it,” replied
-the neighbor who had given the information,
-“but they think so. The steamer
-was sunk and some of the animals were
-drowned, but it is believed that the big tiger
-escaped in the darkness and got ashore.”</p>
-
-<p>“What sort of a show was it?” inquired
-uncle; “a large menagerie?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I believe not,” was the answer;
-“only a few animals that some company had
-hired for the season&mdash;a tiger, a jaguar, a
-pair of leopards, and a few monkeys&mdash;that’s
-what they tell me. The steamer had a
-heavy cargo, and went down very suddenly.”</p>
-
-<p>“And they think the tiger made for the
-woods, eh?” said uncle. “When did it happen,
-do you say?”</p>
-
-<p>“Night before last&mdash;about five miles down
-the river. ’Twas a small steamer going up
-to Macon. There was no one lost, I hear.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” remarked uncle, “a Bengal tiger
-would be an interesting neighbor, that’s certain;
-and I don’t believe he would be long
-in making his presence known. However,
-such stories generally require a good deal
-of allowance. As likely as not, there was
-no tiger aboard of the steamer, after all.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I reckon there was,” said the neighbor;
-“but then, of course, we can’t tell; people
-like excitement, and when such a rumor
-gets started it grows very fast.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s true; we shall have a whole
-menagerie ashore here before night. When
-I was a boy, in Maine, there was a story that
-a lion and an elephant had made their escape
-from somebody’s show and taken to the
-woods. And, dear me! it spread like the
-scarlet fever! The children ran all the way
-to school and all the way back; and the big
-girls actually cried in the entry, they were
-so frightened. Some of the mischievous
-boys would make ‘elephant tracks’ in the
-road, and this added to the panic. But we
-never could hear of any showman who had
-lost such animals, and all on a sudden the
-thing came to nothing. I guess the tiger
-story will end in the same way.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, father,” said Cousin Harold, the
-fourteen-year-old boy of the family, “I don’t
-see why it isn’t likely enough to be true. I
-almost hope there is something in it, though
-I shouldn’t want him to be killing people’s
-cattle and things. Just think of it&mdash;a big
-Bengal tiger, and right here in Georgia, too!
-How I should like to have a chance at him
-with my gun!”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Harold,” said his mother, “how
-you talk. If I believed such a creature to
-be anywhere in the neighborhood, I’d shut
-you up in the smoke-house rather that let
-you go into the woods.”</p>
-
-<p>“What, and make bacon of a poor fellow?”
-replied the young lad, gayly.</p>
-
-<p>Uncle Hayward and his family were New
-England people, who had settled in Georgia
-near the Ocmulgee River, where I was now
-paying them a really delightful visit. Harold
-and myself, being very fond of hunting,
-spent much time together in pursuit of the
-various kinds of game to be found in the
-region. Many an old “mammy” and many
-an “Uncle Remus” was made the happier
-by the gift of some fat ’coon or juicy ’possum
-which we brought down from the tall
-timber.</p>
-
-<p>Inspired as we were with all the enthusiasm
-of young sportsmen, the thought of
-an escaped tiger had a pleasing excitement
-for us. We were, therefore, a little disappointed
-when another of our neighbors,
-stopping for a few minutes as he passed
-the house, made very light of the rumor,
-saying it was only a foolish story to frighten
-people.</p>
-
-<p>“A tiger would soon make ugly work
-among the cattle,” he remarked, “and it
-would be no joking matter to have one about
-the neighborhood.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s true,” replied Uncle Hayward.
-“I don’t know, though,” he added, “but I’d
-risk my big Jersey with him. I’m thinking
-’twould be about ‘which and t’other’ between
-the two, as the saying is.”</p>
-
-<p>Harold and I could subscribe to this
-opinion very heartily, for it was not more
-than a week since that dangerous old Jersey
-had chased us out of his pasture, bellowing
-at our heels as we ran. Nevertheless,
-he was a noble fellow to look upon&mdash;just
-as handsome as a horned creature could
-be. What a thick, strong neck he had, what
-a broad, curled front, and what shapely
-flanks! Most of the time he spent browsing
-in the large pasture some little distance from
-the house, and it required a good measure
-of courage upon the part of the trespasser
-to cross this area.</p>
-
-<p>No wonder, then, that Harold and myself
-made a wide detour, when, half an hour
-later, armed with our shotguns, we set out
-for the woods beyond the Jersey’s domain.
-But it is needless to say that our minds were
-more taken up with the thought of the tiger
-than with the fear of our former enemy.
-It was just possible that a great, stealthy,
-tawny shape might be prowling through the
-very timber in which we were; and I will
-not deny that it required little in the way
-of sight or sound to set our hearts beating
-faster than usual on that day.</p>
-
-<p>After killing a wild-cat, a raccoon, and a
-number of large fox squirrels, we turned
-our steps homeward, not at all sorry to have
-made no startling discovery in confirmation
-of the rumor which had so interested us in
-the morning. The truth was, that the
-deeper we were in the woods the less pleasure
-we found in calling up the image of that
-escaped tiger!</p>
-
-<p>We were just nearing the Hayward plantation,
-Harold with the wild-cat slung over
-his shoulder and I with the ’coon upon
-mine, when on a sudden our attention was
-arrested by a strange, long-drawn noise, like
-the cry of some large animal. It resembled
-the call of a great cat, but was deeper and
-more thrilling than any cat-note that we had
-ever heard.</p>
-
-<p>I need not say that it startled us; and
-when, in a few moments, it was repeated,
-with the addition of a sort of scream, we
-looked at each other with blanched faces:
-when, clutching our guns more firmly, we
-started into a run. I think we had never
-realized till then that two boys of fourteen,
-armed only with light shotguns, could be
-no match for a royal tiger, just escaped
-from his cage and hungry for prey.</p>
-
-<p>Pray, dear reader, do not condemn us
-hastily, for you would have run, too.</p>
-
-<p>Our course took us directly across the
-pasture where the big Jersey had his
-range. He was lying down for the time,
-and we almost stumbled over him. Springing
-up and lowering his sharp horns, he
-took after us with a kind of yelling roar
-that bespoke anything but a friendly intention.</p>
-
-<p>We dropped our game and bounded on
-like a couple of young greyhounds: but we
-were far out from the nearest fence, and
-saw that he must soon overtake us with his
-mad, thundering rush. Right ahead of us
-stood a scrub oak, with branches near the
-ground, and into this we sprang just in time
-to avoid those terrible horns which would
-have tossed us like wisps of straw.</p>
-
-<p>He was so close upon us that it was impossible
-to secure our guns, and we dropped
-them at the foot of the tree, where they fell
-rattling between two small rocks, which fortunately
-protected them from his trampling
-hoofs.</p>
-
-<p>Then he besieged us in true form, walking
-all about our fortress, with a hoarse,
-frightful bellowing that sometimes grew
-to a shriek, and tearing up the earth with
-his horns till his whole body was coated
-with turf.</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” said Harold, “we are safe
-enough in this tree, but who wants to be
-kept here all night? He is so apt to roar
-that, even if father or any of the work folks
-should hear him, they might not come to
-see what the matter was. Besides, it’s a
-long distance to the house, and the hill
-yonder is right in the way.”</p>
-
-<p>So we remained watching our savage
-jailer, quite forgetting for the moment the
-sounds we had just heard from the woods.
-How long would the old fellow continue to
-bellow and fling up the dirt? I was asking
-some such question when my cousin uttered
-a quick exclamation.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, see! look yonder!” he cried; “there’s
-the tiger now!”</p>
-
-<p>I looked where he pointed, and my heart
-gave a thump that was almost suffocating.</p>
-
-<p>There, creeping close to the ground, was
-a powerful yellow shape, marked with jet-black
-stripes. The ears were flattened, and
-the long tail, reaching straight out on a level
-with the body, had a wavy motion that I
-distinctly remember to this hour. Warily,
-silently, and just upon the point of making
-a spring for his victim, the fearful creature
-was stealing upon the unsuspicious bull.</p>
-
-<p>Though half paralyzed by the scene, we
-still retained some presence of mind. Perhaps
-a shout might delay the attack, and we
-gave one with all the power of our throats.</p>
-
-<p>The monster seemed to hesitate, raising
-his head a little, as he crouched in his tracks,
-and at that moment the old Jersey discovered
-him.</p>
-
-<p>In an instant a change came over the
-scene. Tossing his head in a kind of fierce
-surprise, the horned brute faced his foe;
-then, dropping his sharp bayonets to a lower
-level, he plunged toward the intruder.</p>
-
-<p>Evidently the tiger was unprepared for
-this, but with remarkable quickness he
-seemed to take in the situation. Without
-an instant’s hesitation, he bounded over to
-a large boulder which lay near by, and with
-the greatest agility leaped lightly to its top,
-where he stood regarding the Jersey with
-wide-open jaws.</p>
-
-<p>“Now’s the time,” said Harold, excitedly;
-“we must hurry and get our guns.”
-And down we went hustling through the
-thick limbs of the oak.</p>
-
-<p>It was our first impulse to fire at the tiger
-from the ground where we stood, but, as
-the bull kept directly in the way, it was
-evident that this would not answer; and,
-besides, our very terror restrained us; it
-might be easier to fire than to kill.</p>
-
-<p>Getting back into the tree with our guns,
-both of which contained heavy charges of
-buckshot, we quickly posted ourselves so
-as to improve the first opening for a fair
-aim. The tiger still crouched upon his rock
-of refuge, roaring close in the face of his
-enemy, yet hesitating to spring upon him;
-while the strong-necked old Jersey shook
-his curly head and fairly screamed at the
-yellow brute he was not quite able to reach.</p>
-
-<p>A bull’s voice in a rage is a strange mixture
-of frightful sounds, even more so than
-a tiger’s.</p>
-
-<p>We had our guns leveled, watching our
-opportunity. Presently the striped terror
-sprang up from his crouching posture,
-raising himself threateningly upon his hind
-feet, with his tawny breast fully exposed.
-Since then I have often seen an angry tiger
-rear himself in the same way against the
-bars of his cage. There could not have been
-a fairer mark for us, and both our guns
-spoke at once with a “bang!”</p>
-
-<p>Through the smoke we saw the great
-brute tip fairly over and fall upon his back.
-Then, convulsively, he bounded straight up
-from the rock two or three times, and at
-last, plunging forward, landed directly upon
-the bull’s horns.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp78" id="i_160" style="max-width: 49.1875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_160.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption"><p>HIS HORNS PIERCED THE TAWNY SIDE</p></div>
- </div>
-
-<p>The next moment, heavy as he was, he
-was hurled ten feet in the air, and when
-he fell it was only to be tossed again.
-A dozen or twenty times he was thus
-thrown aloft, although after the first minute
-he was evidently as dead as he ever
-could be.</p>
-
-<p>After this the old Jersey appeared to
-enjoy much in pitching him along the
-ground to a considerable distance, following
-up the body as it fell, and sending it on
-before him as if it had weighed no more
-than a dead cat.</p>
-
-<p>We were glad to witness this performance,
-as it occupied the old fellow’s whole
-attention, and so gave us an opportunity to
-slip away unnoticed, which we very quickly
-did.</p>
-
-<p>No grass grew under our feet as we ran
-over the high ground between us and the
-house, which, as the plantation was quite
-large, was nearly a mile distant.</p>
-
-<p>With scarcely breath enough to relate our
-story, we told it, to the astonishment of
-Harold’s parents,
-whose thankfulness
-for our escape, when
-they had learned how
-narrow that escape
-had been, was inexpressible.</p>
-
-<p>It required a considerable
-force of men
-and boys to recover
-the body of the slain
-tiger in face of the
-bull’s threatening demonstrations;
-but it was
-nevertheless secured
-and brought home.
-It was then found,
-upon examination, that
-our charges of buckshot
-had undoubtedly
-done the business for
-the fierce brute, so that
-he must have been
-nearly dead when
-caught upon those
-stout horns.</p>
-
-<p>“A tiger in the State
-of Georgia,” said Uncle
-Hayward; “a true
-Bengal tiger! Well, I must own that I was
-wrong; I thought this morning it was only
-a silly story. Boys, you and the bull have
-done a great thing for the community!”</p>
-
-<p>“But, oh, the peril!” said Harold’s
-mother: “suppose we had known it at the
-moment! It was a double danger.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, mother,” replied Harold; “it was
-double, but it was that very thing which
-saved us. If we hadn’t waked up the Jersey,
-the tiger would have had us very soon.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
-<div class="bbox">
- <h2 class="nobreak" id="LITTLE_POLLY_PRENTISS">LITTLE POLLY PRENTISS
- </h2>
- <p class="h2sub"><span class="allsmcap">BY</span> ELIZABETH LINCOLN GOULD</p>
- </div>
-
-<h3>
- CHAPTER XIII<br />
- POLLY AND THE MINISTER
- </h3>
-
-<h4>SYNOPSIS OF PREVIOUS CHAPTERS.</h4>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p>Polly Prentiss is an orphan who, for the greater
-part of her life, has lived with a distant relative,
-Mrs. Manser, the mistress of Manser Farm. Miss
-Hetty Pomeroy, a maiden lady of middle age, has,
-ever since the death of her favorite niece, been on
-the lookout for a little girl whom she might adopt.
-She is attracted by Polly’s appearance and quaint
-manners, and finally decides to take her home and
-keep her for a month’s trial. In the foregoing
-chapters, Polly has arrived at her new home, and
-the great difference between the way of living at
-Pomeroy Oaks and her past life affords her much
-food for wonderment.</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">S</span>UNDAY was usually a hard day for
-Polly. In the first place there were
-good clothes to be put on and taken
-care of, and then there was sitting still in
-church! Sitting still was the most difficult
-thing in the world for Polly.</p>
-
-<p>“In the Manser pew I could wriggle, because
-it was ’way back and nobody downstairs
-saw me, but I guess I’ve got to behave
-just like grown folks to-day,” said
-Polly, anxiously, as she put on the brown
-cashmere frock Sunday morning. “But if
-I listen to the minister most of the time,
-and think about Eleanor when I get tired
-listening, perhaps I can do it.”</p>
-
-<p>It was not so hard after all, for the minister
-had a pleasant, boyish face, and he
-used simple language, which Polly could
-understand. Besides that, his sermon was
-short&mdash;the shortest one Polly had ever
-heard; she wondered if by any chance the
-minister could know about those yellow
-cakes he was to have for dessert, and felt
-in a hurry to taste them. Miss Pomeroy
-had seen him the day before.</p>
-
-<p>“He looks as if he liked to eat good
-things,” thought Polly, as the minister read
-the closing hymn, “and Miss Pomeroy may
-have told him there was citron in them.
-His cheeks are as red as mine were&mdash;redder
-than mine are to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>This was comforting, and, moreover, it
-was true. Polly had been out of doors very
-little for the last week, and, besides that, although
-she was not unhappy, the thought
-of Eleanor was continually before her, and
-the fear of falling below an unknown standard
-made her anxious and troubled many
-times in the day. So the roses in Polly’s
-cheeks did not bloom as brightly as they
-had at Manser Farm, and the little girl was
-greatly encouraged.</p>
-
-<p>During the service she could not turn
-around to see her old friends up in the dimly
-lighted gallery, and when the benediction
-had been pronounced Miss Pomeroy said
-she and Polly would sit quietly in the pew
-until the minister came out. The little girl
-looked disturbed, and Miss Pomeroy laid
-her hand on Polly’s with a smile.</p>
-
-<p>“You needn’t be afraid of the minister,
-my dear,” she said, kindly, “he likes children,
-and has two little sisters at home.”</p>
-
-<p>Polly smiled faintly in return. When
-the minister came, and they had all walked
-slowly down the aisle together, there was
-no sign of the Manser wagon, but Polly
-was sure she could hear it way up the road;
-it had a peculiar rattle, not to be mistaken
-for any other. The little girl had a sober
-face as she climbed up into the seat beside
-Hiram, with the minister’s help.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m grateful I’ve got you instead of the
-preacher,” said Hiram, facing straight
-ahead, as soon as Miss Pomeroy and the
-minister were fairly launched in conversation.
-“I’ve always been to church, and I’m
-a member, but I’m scared of speaking to
-’em; it don’t make any difference whether
-they’re young or old. What’s the matter,
-honey? Don’t you tell me without you’re
-a mind to.”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought perhaps I’d see the Manser
-Farm folks,” said Polly. “I thought maybe
-Uncle Blodgett would want to wait, and
-Aunty Peebles. I don’t know as Mrs.
-Ramsdell came if her rheumatism was
-bad.”</p>
-
-<p>“She was there,” said Hiram, quietly,
-“I know ’em all by sight, and once in
-awhile I have a little talk with Mr. Manser
-when we’re taking the horses out of the
-sheds. But to-day Mrs. Manser hurried
-him up, and hustled the three old folks into
-the wagon as if something was after her.
-I shouldn’t have dared to offer Mis’ Ramsdell
-anything unless I’d wanted it bit in
-halves, when she got in,” said Hiram, with
-a low chuckle. “She spoke her mind good
-and free, too: I don’t recall ever hearing
-any one speak freer. She was all for waiting
-to see you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then I think Mrs. Manser was real
-mean,” said Polly, with flushed cheeks. “I
-don’t suppose she meant to be, but I think
-she was!”</p>
-
-<p>Hiram reached out his big brown hand
-and gave Polly’s fingers a sympathetic
-squeeze.</p>
-
-<p>“I expect we are about as naughty as we
-can be, both of us,” he said, softly, “but I
-take real comfort in it once in a while.
-That Manser woman’s no favorite of mine,
-nor ever was. I can’t abide her.”</p>
-
-<p>“She took care of me for seven years,”
-said Polly, with a spasm of loyalty, forgetting
-how little of the care had really come
-on Mrs. Manser’s shoulders, “and I do try
-to love her.”</p>
-
-<p>“Love don’t always come by trying,”
-said Hiram, tranquilly, “but I suppose it’s
-no harm to give it a fair chance. And as
-for those old folks of yours, you shall see
-’em next Sunday, if I have to tole Mr.
-Manser down behind the sheds and keep
-him there.”</p>
-
-<p>Then Hiram puckered his lips and softly
-whistled “Duke Street” all the rest of the
-way to Pomeroy Oaks, while Polly sat beside
-him, much cheered and comforted.</p>
-
-<p>Dinner was an exciting meal to the little
-girl. It was the first time, as she told
-Arctura afterward, that Polly had even
-seen a minister eat. This minister not only
-ate with great heartiness, but he talked a
-good deal and frequently smiled across the
-table at her, and he had a jolly laugh.
-Polly was glad of that for more than one
-reason. Arctura had covered the scratch
-on her nose with a long, broad strip of
-black court-plaster, and this decoration
-made her naturally prominent feature more
-noticeable than ever. She carried her head
-very high, and bore the dishes in and out
-with a stately tread, but her eyes twinkled
-so when she looked at Polly that the little
-girl had much ado to keep a straight face.</p>
-
-<p>When the dessert came, Polly held her
-breath while the minister ate his first
-mouthful of a yellow cake; he had chosen
-it instead of one of Arctura’s “snowflakes.”
-Miss Pomeroy had tasted one the day before
-and pronounced it delicious. The
-minister ate every crumb, and when the
-plate was passed to him a second time, he
-laughed boyishly.</p>
-
-<p>“These are almost too good,” he said.
-“I should like to compliment the cook.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Pomeroy smiled at Polly.</p>
-
-<p>“My little guest made them,” said she.</p>
-
-<p>“Dear me,” said the minister, heartily.
-“I shall have to tell my sisters about this
-when I go home. One of them must be
-just about Mary’s age; she is eight years
-old.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, but I’m going on eleven,” said
-Polly, eagerly, “only I’m small for my age,
-sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Indeed, that’s very surprising,” and the
-minister smiled most cordially at the little
-cook. Polly was perfectly delighted when
-Miss Pomeroy suggested that instead of a
-nap she might take a walk with the minister
-and show him the grounds. Miss
-Pomeroy was to drive him back to Deacon
-Talcott’s house late in the afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>“I will take my nap as usual, Mary, if
-you think you can look after Mr. Endicott,”
-she had said, and the minister and Polly
-exchanged a glance of much confidence and
-friendliness.</p>
-
-<p>They walked about, hand in hand, and
-there was no doubt that Polly entertained
-the minister.</p>
-
-<p>“Miss Pomeroy tells me she hopes you
-will stay with her for always,” the minister
-said, as they stood together looking down
-at the brook in a place where it tinkled
-over some stones. Polly gave a little cry
-of delight and squeezed the minister’s hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, did she say it that way?” she asked,
-earnestly.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, yes,” said the young man, smiling
-down at her, “didn’t you know it?”</p>
-
-<p>“She’s a beautiful, kind lady,” said Polly,
-shaking her brown curls till they danced,
-“and I do truly love her, but she’s so tall
-and quiet I shouldn’t like to ask her questions
-all the time, and I have to ask her
-a good many&mdash;about my clothes and ever
-so many other things. Now if it was you,
-I shouldn’t be a bit afraid, because your
-eyes look so young and happy,” said the
-little girl, frankly. “Miss Pomeroy has sad
-eyes, and I’m always afraid I’ll make them
-sadder. Don’t you see?”</p>
-
-<p>“I think I do,” said the minister, gently,
-“but I am sure you will help Miss Pomeroy’s
-eyes, and not hurt them, by talking
-freely to her.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” said Polly, doubtfully. “Do
-your little sisters like to read, Mr. Endicott?
-I am reading a book called ‘Sesame
-and Lilies,’ by Mr. Ruskin.”</p>
-
-<p>“Phew!” said the minister. “That’s a
-fine book, Mary, but I should say it was
-a little old for you. Who chose it&mdash;Miss
-Pomeroy?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir, I chose it myself,” said Polly,
-proudly, “off the shelf where all the little
-books are, under the window. Miss Pomeroy
-said I could choose.”</p>
-
-<p>“When we go in the house,” said the
-minister, as they started on together, swinging
-hands, “I’ll show you a book to read;
-I saw it on one of the shelves. It’s a big
-book, but the stories are short. If I were
-in your place, Mary, I’d read one of them
-to-morrow. My little sisters love them
-all.”</p>
-
-<p>So it came about that when Miss Pomeroy
-and the minister drove away they left
-on the piazza a little girl whose heart was
-almost gay, for the book the minister had
-chosen, and which Miss Pomeroy had told
-Polly she might keep in her own room, was
-full of delightful pictures, and on the cover
-was printed in gold letters. “Wonder
-Stories, by Hans Christian Andersen.”</p>
-
-<p>“And mind you try to remember them
-just as you do the sermon on Sunday,” the
-minister had said, as he parted from Polly,
-“for they are sure to give you happy
-thoughts.” And Polly, running to Arctura,
-who was seated on the south porch in
-a chair that rocked with a loud squeak, cried
-joyfully:</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Miss Arctura, the minister has
-chosen a book for me, one that his sisters
-love! And I’m not going to read another
-word in ‘Sesame and Lilies’ till I’m most
-grown up! For Miss Pomeroy said ’twas
-a wise thought and an inper&mdash;impterposition
-of Providence!”</p>
-
-<h3>CHAPTER XIV<br />
-IN THE WOODS</h3>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">P</span>OLLY’S worry about being satisfactory
-to Miss Pomeroy had departed
-with the minister’s words, down by
-the brook, but as she lay in bed the next
-morning, listening to the birds out in a big
-elm tree, the branches of which came near
-one of her windows, she had some sober
-thoughts.</p>
-
-<p>“The reason Miss Pomeroy is going to
-adopt me,” said Polly, to herself, “is because
-she thinks I’m like Eleanor. I’m not
-like her, inside, of course, but I’m trying
-to be. Now, don’t you be a selfish girl,
-Polly Prentiss. You’ve got a beautiful
-home with a lovely, kind lady, that does
-things for you all the time, and Miss Arctura
-and Mr. Hiram besides, just as
-good as they can be, and the kittens to
-play with, and Daisy out in her stall, and
-you can go off into the woods this afternoon,
-and take the book that the minister’s
-sisters love, and perhaps they’ll let you go
-again some other day.</p>
-
-<p>“And all you’ve got to do,” said Polly,
-severely, to herself, “is to stop wanting to
-run outdoors morning, noon, and night,
-and wanting to play with a doll, and wishing
-somebody’d call you Polly, and not
-mind having to eat so much, or lying down
-on this bed that gets so hot in the afternoon,
-and stop being lonesome for the folks at
-Manser Farm, and learn how to mend your
-clothes. I guess that’s about all, and it
-isn’t much for a girl that’s going on
-eleven.”</p>
-
-<p>Polly had a delightful time that afternoon.
-Arctura had taken in the snow-white
-clothes from the line, and informed
-the little girl that she had no intention of
-ironing that day, and would make an excursion
-into the woods with her.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got a crick in my back,” Miss Green
-announced, when Polly descended from her
-hour on the bed, “and what I need is to get
-right down close to nature. I’ll take my old
-gray shawl and pick me out a good place
-to sit in the sun, and I’ll knit on Hiram’s
-socks while you run around and see what
-you can see. Perhaps you can get up a
-bouquet to fetch home to Miss Hetty, who
-knows? And when you feel so minded you
-can sit on the shawl alongside of me, and
-read me out a story, maybe. It’s a pity
-Miss Hetty can’t be with us, but she’s no
-hand to walk; she hasn’t been overly strong
-for ten years back, though she can do all
-that’s required.”</p>
-
-<p>Polly felt disloyal to Miss Pomeroy, because
-it was a relief to know Arctura would
-be her only companion. Her little heart
-was full of affectionate gratitude, but the
-tall mistress of the house inspired a good
-deal of awe as well, while with Arctura
-Polly had a sense of comradeship, in spite
-of the difference in years, and was not afraid
-to chatter like a magpie.</p>
-
-<p>By three o’clock the pair were deep in
-the woods, and Arctura was enthroned on
-her gray shawl, spread on a rock that stood
-like a table in an open space between giant
-pines. She had four knitting-needles and
-a ball of flaming red yarn in her hands, and
-looked the picture of contentment.</p>
-
-<p>“Now,” she said, drawing out a big silver
-watch from the front of her gown, and
-placing it beside her on the shawl, “it’s only
-a few minutes past three. You lay your
-book down here and don’t let me see you
-again for an hour, or as near that as you
-can judge by your feelings. Don’t stray
-so far you can’t get back. I’ll holler once
-in awhile so’s to keep track of you, but you
-caper round and see what you find.”</p>
-
-<p>Polly trotted off obediently, and found all
-sorts of treasures. If she had not been
-obliged to respond to Arctura’s loud
-“Ma-a-a-ry!” three or four times, it would
-have seemed to the little girl that she was
-all alone in a new world, for the pine grove
-was unlike the woods through which Polly
-had wandered in that far-away time when
-she lived at Manser Farm. Those were
-birches and scrubby oaks, with an occasional
-hemlock, and you had to look out
-for slippery tree-roots, and scratching underbrush,
-and boggy places. But this
-wood had a soft brown carpet of needles,
-and a border of beautiful ferns, and here
-and there were little cones, and clumps of
-stems that had belonged to “Dutchman’s
-pipes.”</p>
-
-<p>In a little while there would be “wake-robins”
-and “Solomon’s seal,” and many
-other wild wood flowers. Polly saw the
-first signs of a venturesome “lady’s slipper.”
-She gathered long trails of Princess
-pine and looped them around her waist,
-and she picked some of the prettiest ferns
-to take home to Miss Pomeroy. There
-were several cleared places, like the one
-which held Arctura’s throne. Polly named
-one the library and another the parlor, and
-in still another there were some stones
-which made her think of pillows.</p>
-
-<p>“So I shall name that the bedroom,” she
-said to Arctura when the call “Ti-i-i-mes
-up!” had brought her running back, “and
-this I think we’d better call the dining room,
-don’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Seems a sensible name to me,” said
-Miss Green, approvingly. “Now suppose
-you read me out a story. I just looked into
-your book while you were off, and here’s
-one that my eye lit on; suppose we have
-that.”</p>
-
-<p>The story was “The Ugly Duckling,”
-and the words were so easy that Polly read
-on and on, scarcely ever having to stop
-for Arctura’s help. When she had finished
-it, she drew a long breath and shut the
-book.</p>
-
-<p>“Isn’t it a beautiful, interesting story,
-Miss Arctura?” she asked, eagerly, and her
-friend nodded with great vigor before she
-spoke.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s what I call fair,” said Arctura, with
-decision, “and that’s what I like in real life
-or in a story. And that’s why I expect
-that the poor folks that get hurt and
-slammed around and put upon in this world
-are going to have crowns of gold and harps
-of silver and songs of everlasting praise
-and joy in the next one; or whatever those
-things stand for, to ’em. We’ll have another
-of those stories next time we come
-out a pleasuring together, won’t we?”</p>
-
-<p>Polly assented with joy, and all through
-the talk that followed, while she told of her
-morning’s trip to the village, those delightful
-words “next time” rang out their lovely
-promise in Polly’s happy ears.</p>
-
-<p>She and Arctura walked home arm in
-arm, although that meant that Polly had
-to stretch up, and Miss Green to reach
-down, but the path was broad enough for
-two, and they sang “Marching Through
-Georgia,” and stepped gayly along to the
-brisk measures.</p>
-
-<p>“Slow walking, except for those that
-have infirmities and are obliged,” said Arctura,
-“is a trial of the flesh and spirit, or
-it might be, if it ain’t,” and little Polly, with
-more color in her cheeks than had been
-there for days, looked joyfully up at her.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Miss Arctura,” she said, fervently,
-“you do have such splendid ideas!”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t try to flatter an old lady of fifty-four,
-child,” said Miss Green, shaking her
-ball of yarn at Polly with pretended severity.
-“You turn your mind on those
-clouds; see how the wind’s backing round
-through the north? I can smell the east,”
-and she sniffed with her nose well in the
-air. “We’re in for rain to-morrow, I do
-believe. It’ll be just the day for you to
-write that letter you’re going to send with
-the candy, and there’s a number of matters
-you can help me about, and if you’ve got
-any mending to do maybe we’ll find time
-to sit down together, and I’ll relate that
-story about the Square and me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, indeed,” said Polly, as they
-marched up the driveway, “and I’ve got to
-practice with Mr. Hiram, you know. I expect
-it will be a grand day!”</p>
-
-<p class="allsmcap">[TO BE CONTINUED]</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">Think not of far-off duties,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">But of duties which are near;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">And, having once begun to work,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Resolve to persevere.</div>
- <div class="citation">&mdash;<i>Anonymous.</i></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="The_Fence_Man">The Fence Man
- </h2>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p class="h2sub">By Mrs. F. M. Howard</p>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">“M</span>AMMA, what is the great, high fence
-for?” asked a childish voice. “Is
-the man afraid we’s will go into his
-yard?”</p>
-
-<p>“I do not know, dear. It was there before
-we came.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe he thinks we’ll steal his cherries.”
-Horace straightened himself, scornfully.</p>
-
-<p>“Huh, I guess we can buy our cherries if
-we want any,” said Rodney, with flashing
-eyes.</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps other boys have not thought
-so,” interposed the mother’s gentle voice;
-“and since the fence was there before we
-came, and so cannot have any possible
-reference to us, we will not harbor ill will
-against our neighbor because of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Young-ones,” muttered a surly voice on
-the other side of the high board fence.
-“Just my luck to have a pack of young-ones
-unloaded on me. Just one degree worse
-than the widder’s long tongue, I’ll venture.
-I’m glad the fence is good and high, and I’ll
-put a row of pickets on top of it if they go
-to climbing.”</p>
-
-<p>Old Mr. Harding dropped down on a
-garden seat, wiping the moisture from his
-heated brow with a warlike bandana. He
-had been putting out late tomato plants, and
-his back ached; possibly his heart ached,
-too, for he was old and lonely. He could
-have told to a mathematical nicety, had he
-had the mind to do so, just why the ugly
-board fence divided him from his neighbor,
-of the quarrel between himself and the fiery
-widow, who owned the cottage where the
-children had come to live, over a boundary
-line, the matter of a foot or less of ground
-between the two places.</p>
-
-<p>A quarrel is like a tumble weed in its
-capacity for growing in size, and, tossed
-back and forth by the windy tongues of the
-Widow Barlow, who gloried in “speaking
-her mind,” and old Mr. Harding, who cherished
-his right to the last word as religiously
-as a woman, the original difference had
-grown to be a very serious thing, indeed.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll fix her!” he had exclaimed, after the
-last tilt of words which occurred between
-them. “I’ll put up a fence so high she can’t
-scream over it, and if she comes inside my
-yard I’ll buy a dog.”</p>
-
-<p>He thoroughly enjoyed that bit of spite
-work, and amused himself immensely in
-overseeing the ungainly structure as it went
-up, completely obstructing the objectionable
-widow’s view on the east side.</p>
-
-<p>She had no redress, for he had given her
-the benefit of the disputed line, and a man
-could put up bill boards on his property if
-he wished to, and he hugged himself to
-think of her rage and disgust.</p>
-
-<p>He did not in the least overestimate it,
-and he heard with glee from the neighbors
-and the housekeeper the savage onslaughts
-on his character which she was making, and
-it was not long before a moving van backed
-up before her door, a “To rent” sign appeared,
-and Mr. Harding was alone with
-victory. He was soured in the operation,
-it must be confessed. No man can habitually
-nurse hatred and spite in his bosom
-without becoming contaminated.</p>
-
-<p>When gentle, soft-voiced Mrs. Harding
-was living, with her generous heart and
-hand, her noiseless, unostentatious way of
-settling a difficulty, it would have been quite
-impossible for him to have indulged in such
-an exhibition; she would have loved him out
-of it insensibly, and have so limbered the
-widow’s acrimonious tongue with the oil of
-kindness that the quarrel would have died
-at birth; but it was a sorry day for him
-when the better part of himself was laid
-away under the green in the cemetery, and
-he was quite free to be his untrammeled self.</p>
-
-<p>Some way the mother’s voice, as it floated
-over the top of the ugly fence, reminded
-him of her. It was such a gentle, loving
-voice, with a flute-like clearness in it which
-made every word audible.</p>
-
-<p>They had never had any children, he and
-the wife who would have made such a tender
-mother, but he imagined she would have
-spoken to them just as this mother was
-speaking if she had been surrounded by
-active, questioning lads and lasses, and his
-surly mood softened as he heard them chattering
-over the treasures of broken china
-they were finding in the widow’s refuse
-heap.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll build the playhouse right here.
-The big, high boards will make such a nice
-back,” said little Barbara.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe the man won’t like us to drive
-nails in his fence,” Rodney suggested.</p>
-
-<p>“But this side of it is ours,” laughed the
-mother, softly. “He can only claim one
-side of even a nuisance; but you must be
-careful not to annoy him with too much
-noise.”</p>
-
-<p>One side of a nuisance. How truly it
-was a nuisance, for Mr. Harding did not
-admire stockades himself. He had seen the
-inside of one in war times, and he had very
-nearly lost his life in trying to escape from
-it. He had an old wound in his leg yet that
-made him crosser on damp days than in dry
-weather, and here he was erecting stockades
-in his old age, to keep people out instead of
-in. It took all his self-control to keep from
-being ashamed.</p>
-
-<p>Day after day he heard the childish prattle,
-and the pounding of nails as the building
-of the playhouse went on, sometimes with
-wrath, at other times with an almost eager
-curiosity to see and hear the little flock at
-their pretty play.</p>
-
-<p>One day it rained, and silence reigned in
-the garden. His wound twinged and
-prickled all day, and he was in a furious
-mood toward evening as he went to
-straighten up some weak-backed plants that
-the rain had lopped over. A kitten was
-frisking about in a bed of choice strawberry
-plants&mdash;a saucy, disrespectful kitten which
-had evidently braved the terrors of the
-stockade, as he had done himself in the
-years gone by. He hated cats almost as he
-hated loud-voiced widows&mdash;perhaps he was
-thinking of the Widow Barlow, and of the
-joy it would be to take her as he was taking
-the kitten (loving little creature, it had
-never felt the touch of hatred, and didn’t
-know enough to run away), and, with one
-twist of his avenging arm, sling her over
-the fence. The kitten went over, legs and
-tail wildly outstretched, and little Barbara
-was at the window.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, mamma, he threw my darlin’ kitty
-right over the fence,” he heard her shriek,
-sobbingly, as she ran out and picked up her
-pet. “Kitty, kitty, is you killed?” she cried,
-breathlessly, as the little creature, stunned
-for a moment by its fall, closed its eyes and
-lay limply in her arms as she ran into the
-house.</p>
-
-<p>“Mean old thing. If I was a man, I’d
-thrash him,” said Horace, doubling his little
-fists savagely.</p>
-
-<p>“No, no, little ones; we must love him
-into kindness,” Mrs. Manning observed,
-gently. “He is a poor, lonely old man with
-no one to coax him into nice ways. See,
-Kitty isn’t hurt. Give her some milk and
-she will soon be quite happy again,” and in
-ministering to the kitten the children forgot
-their revengeful thoughts: but over the
-fence an old, cross-grained man went into
-his finer house with a mean feeling in his
-heart which even the thought of the Widow
-Barlow could not change to a comfortable
-complacency.</p>
-
-<p>The rain cleared away and the family
-were very busy in the garden. The small
-plat on the south corner, away from the
-baleful shadow of the fence, was full of the
-roses and shrubs which the Widow Barlow
-had planted and tended so carefully, and
-they were already full of buds. Mrs. Manning
-was exceedingly fond of flowers, too,
-and her bay window on the west side was
-full of choice plants.</p>
-
-<p>There was a Papa Manning, but he went
-early and came late from his work, too early
-and late to enter the story as an active factor;
-one of those busy men who do business
-in the city and live in suburban towns for
-the sake of health and purer air for the children;
-but Mr. Harding did not know this,
-and supposed his new neighbor to be a
-widow, and cherished suspicions accordingly
-which not even her sweet voice could
-quite allay.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, mamma, come quick. The man has
-fallen,” screamed Barbara one day, as she
-ran in to her mother, her golden curls flying,
-her blue eyes full of fright.</p>
-
-<p>“What man, Barbie dear?” Mrs. Manning
-was in the kitchen making bread, and
-a man was an indefinite ingredient to enter
-into the delicate operation without proper
-credentials.</p>
-
-<p>“The old man, mamma. The fence man&mdash;he
-fell right down and groaned.” A
-neighbor in distress&mdash;that was quite another
-matter, and Mrs. Manning ran out hastily,
-drying her hands on her apron.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve sprained my ankle, I guess,”
-growled Mr. Harding, nursing his wounded
-leg with a white face full of angry impatience.
-“Just a bit of a stone, but enough
-to turn that confounded weak bone of mine.
-I feel like a baby, ma’am, to be upset by
-such a trifle.”</p>
-
-<p>“Lean on me, sir, and I will help you to
-rise,” said Mrs. Manning; but at the first
-attempt the poor old gentleman nearly
-fainted.</p>
-
-<p>Fortunately, there were men near at hand,
-and soon Mr. Harding was carried into
-his home by strong hands, and a physician
-summoned.</p>
-
-<p>It would be an exaggeration to say that
-Mr. Harding submitted to suffering with
-sweet resignation. In his best days gentle
-Mrs. Harding needed all her stock of
-patience to endure him when he was ill, and
-his natural proclivities had been reinforced
-by years of loneliness and self-indulgence.
-The housekeeper was at her wits’ end, and
-strongly inclined to resign her situation before
-the end of the first week.</p>
-
-<p>“Sure, ma’am, he’s that cranky there’s no
-living with him at all,” she confided to Mrs.
-Manning, who had brought in a bit of her
-own delicate cookery to tempt his capricious
-appetite. “I make his toast and his coffee
-of a mornin’, and he’s ready to eat me
-when it’s on his table because the coffee
-ain’t a-bilin’ and a-sissin’ hot, an’ the egg
-maybe has been cooked ten seconds longer
-than his wife used to cook it for him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let me go in and prepare his table while
-you get the food ready,” Mrs. Manning
-suggested. She had waited on just such
-an invalid once in her lifetime, and had
-ideas.</p>
-
-<p>“All right, ma’am. I’ll be right glad of
-a little help, for he do try my patience all
-to frags.”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Manning ran home quickly, and returned
-bringing a dainty tea cloth and a
-bouquet of her window flowers in a delicate
-glass vase, and, going into the dining room,
-she soon had the little invalid table a very
-poem of neatness and elegance.</p>
-
-<p>“Mrs. Harrihan never set that table, I’ll
-be bound,” he said, gruffly, as Mrs. Manning
-carried it to his bedside.</p>
-
-<p>“Mrs. Harrihan is busy and I am helping
-her a little,” replied Mrs. Manning, gently.
-“Let me raise the shade and make you more
-comfortable for your dinner.”</p>
-
-<p>The window looked out upon the staring
-high fence, over which the roof and chimney
-of her own little cottage was visible, and
-Mr. Harding’s wrinkled face had the grace
-to gather a flush.</p>
-
-<p>“Are you a widow, ma’am?” he demanded
-after a few moments, during which
-she had moved about the untidy room, picking
-up the morning papers, which he had
-slung away after reading them, and turning
-with deft hands the furniture into more
-home-like positions. Mrs. Harrihan was a
-good housekeeper but a poor home maker.</p>
-
-<p>“A widow? Dear me, I hope not.
-Haven’t you seen Mr. Manning frolicing
-with the children evenings? He comes in
-the back way, as it saves a block in coming
-from the station.”</p>
-
-<p>No, Mr. Harding had not observed a man
-about the place, and for an excellent reason&mdash;the
-fence shut off his view of the charming
-domestic life of his neighbors completely,
-and for the first time since its erection
-he wished it was back in the lumber
-yard. He had the grace to thank her, and
-to ask her to come again, after Mrs. Harrihan’s
-entrance with his dinner, saying that
-it would taste better with the flowers to look
-at, and Mrs. Manning poured his tea and
-buttered his toast, with a great pity for him
-in his loneliness in her warm heart.</p>
-
-<p>It was the flowers at last which accomplished
-the downfall of the spitework fence.
-Acting on the hint of his pleasure in the
-bouquet on his dinner table, Mrs. Manning
-kept him supplied with them in liberal
-measure.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Barlow’s roses were now in riotous
-bloom, and every day a fresh bouquet
-brightened the sick room. On account of
-the old wound, the injured ankle did not
-readily yield to treatment, and for weeks
-Mr. Harding was an unwilling prisoner,
-forced to look out at that unyielding expanse
-of pine until his very soul was sick
-of it.</p>
-
-<p>He told his grievance in full detail to Mrs.
-Manning one day with an apologetic air,
-not willing that his cheery little neighbor,
-whom he was beginning to respect so much,
-should think that he indulged in high board
-fences as a matter of taste.</p>
-
-<p>She heard the story of the Widow Barlow’s
-delinquencies smilingly, and contrived
-to throw such a wide mantle of charity,
-trimmed with humor, over the matter that
-Mr. Harding actually laughed&mdash;and at his
-own folly.</p>
-
-<p>Even little Barbara lost her fear of “the
-fence man,” and, after bringing him several
-bouquets by way of visits of sympathy, she
-one day made him a social call with the
-kitten in her arms, also a ball and string
-with which to show off its accomplishments,
-and old Mr. Harding actually smiled, and
-forgot that he hated cats in watching the
-frolicsome little creature chasing its tail, the
-ball, or Barbara as she ran with the string.</p>
-
-<p>One day there was the sound of pounding
-and rending on the Harding premises, and
-all the children ran excitedly to see.</p>
-
-<p>Carpenters were tearing the spite fence
-down, and Barbara was in despair for her
-playhouse, but her childish heart was comforted,
-for Mr. Harding had given orders,
-and, when the workmen reached the spot,
-the boards were sawed down and shaped
-to match the rest of the structure, and with
-the dearest little window cut in, to the
-child’s great delight.</p>
-
-<p>With the fence went every vestige of Mr.
-Harding’s crustiness toward his new neighbors.
-Not since his wife’s death had he
-been so genial and friendly, and the children
-were a constant source of interest and delight.
-It even came to pass, through Mrs.
-Manning’s mediation, that the matter of the
-boundary line was at last compromised
-without serious friction, and Mr. Harding
-really came to confess, to himself, that
-even the Widow Barlow was not so utterly,
-so irrevocably bad as she might be after all.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_169" style="max-width: 39.1875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_169.jpg" alt="Decoration" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
-<div class="bbox">
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="WITH_WASHINGTON">WITH WASHINGTON AT VALLEY FORGE
- </h2>
- <p class="h2sub">By W. Bert Foster</p>
- </div>
-
- <h3>
- CHAPTER XII<br />
- Hadley gets better Acquainted with Col. Knowles
- </h3>
-
-<h4>SYNOPSIS OF PREVIOUS CHAPTERS.</h4>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p>The story opens in the year 1777, during one
-of the most critical periods of the Revolution.
-Hadley Morris, our hero, is in the employ of Jonas
-Benson, the host of the Three Oaks, a well-known
-inn on the road between Philadelphia and New
-York. Like most of his neighbors, Hadley is an
-ardent sympathizer with the American cause. When,
-therefore, he is intrusted with a message to be forwarded
-to the American headquarters, the boy gives
-up, for the time, his duties at the Three Oaks and
-sets out for the army. Here he remains until after
-the fateful Battle of Brandywine. On the return
-journey he discovers a party of Tories who have
-concealed themselves in a woods in the neighborhood
-of his home. By approaching cautiously to the
-group around the fire, Hadley overhears their plan
-to attack his uncle for the sake of the gold which
-he is supposed to have concealed in his house.</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">T</span>HE words Brace Alwood uttered were
-enough to rivet Hadley to the spot,
-and, almost within a long arm reach
-of the men lounging about the fire, he
-crouched and listened to the dialogue which
-followed. The reason stated by Brace for
-the presence of the Tories in this place
-naturally startled and horrified Ephraim
-Morris’s nephew. When the old man was
-well-known to be a strong Royalist, why
-should these fellows be plotting to attack
-him? At once Hadley was sure that they
-were after the money which rumor said
-Miser Morris kept concealed in his house.</p>
-
-<p>Remembering the incident of the night at
-his uncle’s house, Hadley doubted if the
-men would gain what they hoped for; but
-Uncle Ephraim was old and alone, and
-there was no telling what these rough fellows
-might do to gain their ends.</p>
-
-<p>“You’d better make sure the old man is
-alone, Alwood,” suggested one of the
-others, as Brace and his younger brother
-took seats in the circle around the fire.
-“There used to be a boy with Miser Morris&mdash;his
-nevvy, was it?&mdash;who might make
-us trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>Brace Alwood laughed harshly. “We
-ought to be a match for an old man and a
-boy, I reckon&mdash;though Lon, here, tells me
-Had Morris is pretty sharp.”</p>
-
-<p>“He made me and Black Sam pole him
-across the river one night when he was carrying
-dispatches to the army,” Lon admitted.
-“An’ he pretty near broke my arm
-just before he left these parts last, too.”</p>
-
-<p>“What army was he carrying dispatches
-to?” demanded the first speaker.</p>
-
-<p>“Washington’s, of course.”</p>
-
-<p>“But the old man is for the king, you
-say&mdash;worse luck!”</p>
-
-<p>“That doesn’t say the boy is,” Brace remarked.
-“He’s a perky lad, I reckon.”</p>
-
-<p>“He may do us harm, then&mdash;in slipping
-away and rousin’ the farmers, I mean.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s with the army now,” said Lon.</p>
-
-<p>“And there’s nobody with the old man?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not a soul.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, we’ll likely have an easy time of it.
-If he’s got as much as they say hid away
-in the house, this night’s work will pay
-us fine.”</p>
-
-<p>“And settle some old scores, too,” added
-Brace. “Colonel Knowles will be revenged
-on the old scoundrel, I reckon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah! I remember what you told us,”
-said the first man, thoughtfully. “His
-Honor is too loyal a man to appear in this
-matter, though, I take it?”</p>
-
-<p>Brace laughed shortly. “No doubt&mdash;no
-doubt. He comes here to get something
-out of Miser Morris; but the old fox gives
-nothing away&mdash;not him!”</p>
-
-<p>Hadley had heard enough to assure him
-that the Tories were actually going to attack
-his uncle, Royalist though he was.
-With silent tread he crept
-away from the place,
-crossed the pasture to the
-road, and getting on
-Black Molly’s back, sent
-her flying toward the inn.
-He was fearful for Uncle
-Ephraim’s safety, but it
-was useless for him to ride
-and warn the old man.
-He must arouse the farmers&mdash;or
-such of them as
-were at home&mdash;and bring
-a band to oppose the men
-with Brace Alwood.
-There would be some lack
-of enthusiasm, however,
-when it was learned that
-the Tory renegades were
-attacking one of their own
-kind; it was a case of
-“dog eat dog,” and most
-of the neighbors would
-scarce care if the old man
-was robbed.</p>
-
-<p>But Hadley rode swiftly
-toward the Three Oaks
-Inn, determined to raise
-a rescuing party at all
-hazard. It was evening
-and the men usually centered
-there to hear the
-news and talk over the
-war and kindred topics,
-and the boy was quite
-confident of getting some
-help. Besides, what he had heard while
-lying hidden in the grove made him
-believe that Colonel Creston Knowles
-was partly the cause of this cowardly attack
-by the Tories upon Uncle Ephraim,
-and if the British officer was still at the
-inn the boy determined that he should not
-go unpunished for instigating the crime.</p>
-
-<p>The American farmers about the inn had
-borne with the British officer more because
-he was Jonas Benson’s guest than aught
-else. Before being sent by Lafe Holdness
-on this last errand to the army, Hadley
-knew that many of the neighbors spoke
-threateningly of the British officer, who,
-apparently, knew no fear even in an enemy’s
-country. If they should be stirred up
-now, after the disaster to the American
-forces, when feeling would be sure to run
-high, Colonel Knowles would find himself
-in very dangerous quarters. For the moment
-Hadley did not think of the danger
-to Mistress Lillian. He was only anxious
-for his uncle’s safety and enraged at Colonel
-Knowles for the part he believed the officer
-had in the plot to rob&mdash;and perhaps injure&mdash;the
-farmer.</p>
-
-<p>In an hour, so Brace Alwood said, they
-would attack the lonely homestead of the
-man whom the whole countryside believed
-to be a miser. Hadley had good reason to
-know that his uncle was possessed of much
-wealth, whether rightfully or not did not
-enter into the question now; but the money
-was no longer in the house&mdash;of that he
-was confident. Enraged at not finding it,
-the Tories might seriously injure Ephraim
-Morris. With these tumultuous thoughts
-filling his brain, the boy rode into the inn
-yard, let Black Molly find her old stall herself,
-and was on the steps of the inn before
-those in the kitchen had time to open the
-door, aroused though they had been by the
-rattle of the mare’s hoofs.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a courier!” cried some one.
-“What’s the news?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s that Hadley Morris!” exclaimed
-Mistress Benson, showing little cordiality
-in her welcome. Jonas was not in evidence,
-and there was no other men in the
-kitchen.</p>
-
-<p>“Where is Master Benson, madam?” demanded
-Hadley of the innkeeper’s wife. “I
-want him to help me&mdash;and all other true
-men in the neighborhood. There is a
-party of Tories up the road yonder, and
-they are going to attack Uncle Ephraim’s
-house and rob him this very night.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tories!” gasped the maids.</p>
-
-<p>“King’s men!” exclaimed Mistress Benson.
-“And why should they wish to plague
-Master Morris, Hadley? He is loyal.”</p>
-
-<p>“That Brace Alwood is at their head.
-They are bent on robbery. Nobody will be
-safe now, if they overrun the country.
-Where is Master Benson, I say?”</p>
-
-<p>“He is gone to Trenton,” declared one
-of the frightened women. “There is no
-man here but Colonel Knowles’ servant.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then he is here yet?” cried the boy, and
-pushing through the group of women, he
-entered the long hall which ran through the
-inn from the kitchen to the main entrance.
-His coming had evidently disturbed the
-guests. Colonel Knowles stood in the hall
-by the parlor door, a candlestick held above
-his head that the light might be cast along
-the passage, his daughter, clinging to his
-sleeve, stood behind him.</p>
-
-<p>“Whom have we here?” demanded the
-British officer.</p>
-
-<p>“It is Hadley Morris, father!” exclaimed
-the girl, first to recognize the youth.</p>
-
-<p>Hadley approached without fear, for his
-indignation was boundless. “It is I,
-Colonel Knowles,” he said, his voice quivering
-with anger. “I have come back just in
-time to find that, unable to bring my uncle
-to such terms as you thought right, you
-have set Brace Alwood and his troop of
-villainous Tories upon the old man. But
-I tell you, sir, I will arouse the neighborhood,
-and if Uncle Ephraim is injured, you
-shall be held responsible!”</p>
-
-<p>The officer took a stride forward and
-seized the boy by the arm. He waved the
-crowd of women back. “Return to your
-work!” he commanded. “Mistress Benson,
-call William.” Then he said to
-Hadley: “Master Morris, step into the
-parlor here and tell me what you mean.
-I am in the dark.”</p>
-
-<p>Hadley began to think that perhaps he
-had been too hasty in his judgment. He
-stepped within the room. He did not speak
-to the officer’s daughter, but she stared at
-him with wide open, wondering eyes.
-Then in a few sentences he told how he had
-discovered the plot against his uncle.</p>
-
-<p>“Who are these Alwoods?” demanded
-the Colonel, when he had finished.</p>
-
-<p>“Alonzo Alwood is the boy who came
-here once to see you, father,” Lillian interposed,
-before Hadley could reply. “Do
-you not remember? He told you that
-Master Morris was about to carry dispatches
-to Mr. Washington again, and
-asked you to help stop him in his journey.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ah!” exclaimed Hadley. “He did try
-to halt me. But your servant, sir, stopped
-him. Have I to thank&mdash;?”</p>
-
-<p>“Mistress Lillian, sir,” said the Colonel,
-shortly, but a smile quivered about his
-mouth. “I am in the enemy’s country, as
-you advised me once, Master Morris, and
-I would not be a party to the young man’s
-plan. So this Brace Alwood is his
-brother?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“And they connect my name with their
-raid upon that&mdash;that old man?”</p>
-
-<p>“They do, sir.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then to prove to you, Master Morris,
-that I am not in their confidence, or they
-in mine, I will ride back with you.” At
-the instant the man-servant entered.
-“William, saddle my horse and one of the
-bays for yourself&mdash;instantly! I will join
-you at once, Master Morris. If you
-have other men in the neighborhood on
-whom you can depend in this emergency,
-arouse them.”</p>
-
-<p>Hadley, feeling that his impulsiveness
-had caused him to accuse Colonel Knowles
-wrongfully, ran out again without a word.
-While William, as silent as ever, saddled
-the officer’s black charger and another animal
-for himself, the boy took the saddle off
-Black Molly and threw it upon one of the
-other horses in the stable. Then he clattered
-over to the nearest neighbor’s house
-and routed out the family. But the only
-men folk at home were two half-grown
-boys, and when their mother learned that
-there were Tories in the neighborhood she
-refused to allow them to leave her and the
-younger children. So he rode on to the
-next homestead and brought back with him
-to the inn but one man to join the party.
-Colonel Knowles and his servant were
-awaiting their coming in the road before
-the door of the Three Oaks.</p>
-
-<p>“Lead on, Master Morris!” commanded
-the officer. “You know the way by night
-better than I.”</p>
-
-<p>“But there are only four of us,” began
-Hadley, doubtfully.</p>
-
-<p>“We can wait for no more if what you
-have told me is true. They will be attacking
-the old man by now.”</p>
-
-<p>The quartette rode off at a gallop and
-little was said until they turned into the
-farm path which led through the pastures
-and fields to the Morris homestead. Then
-the neighbor was riding nearest Hadley’s
-side and he whispered: “Hey, Morris, suppose
-this should be a trap? Suppose the
-Britisher should be playing us false?”</p>
-
-<p>Hadley tapped the butt of the pistol beneath
-his coat. “Then he’ll get what’s in
-this first&mdash;and do you take William,” the
-boy whispered. “But I do not believe
-Colonel Knowles will play us false. These
-Tory blackguards are nothing to him.”</p>
-
-<p>The ring of the horses’ hoofs announced
-their coming before they were within shot
-of the house, around which the rascals
-under Brace Alwood had assembled. But
-no shots were fired, for Colonel Knowles
-was ahead and his mount was recognized
-by Lon in the light of the huge bonfire
-which had been built in front of the farmer’s
-door. Part of the Tories were already
-inside the house, ransacking the
-dwelling from cellar to garret, while
-Ephraim was tied hard and fast to one of
-his own chairs, and Brace Alwood, with
-cruel delight in the farmer’s terror, was
-threatening to hold the old man’s feet in
-the flames on the hearth if he did not divulge
-the hiding place of his gold. Colonel
-Knowles’ coming struck the entire party of
-marauders dumb.</p>
-
-<p>“What are you doing here, you scoundrels?”
-exclaimed the officer, almost riding
-into the farmhouse in his rage, and laying
-about him with the riding whip he carried.</p>
-
-<p>The men shrank away in confusion.
-Even Brace Alwood, the bully, was cowed.
-“The old miser’s got more money than is
-good for him,” whined Alwood. “And his
-nephew is off with the rebels&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Sirrah!” exclaimed the colonel, sharply.
-“Here is his nephew with me. And it matters
-not what his nephew may be, in any
-case; the man himself is for King George,
-God bless him!&mdash;or so I understand.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, yes, Master!” squealed the farmer
-from the chair where he was tied. “I am
-for the king. I told these villains I was
-for the king. It is an outrage. I cannot
-help what my rascally nephew is&mdash;I am
-loyal.”</p>
-
-<p>“And as for his money,” continued the
-colonel, savagely, “you’d work hard and
-long before you got any of it&mdash;and what
-you got would likely not be his, but belong
-to those whom he has robbed!” At that
-Uncle Ephraim recognized his rescuer, and
-he relapsed into frightened silence. “Come
-out of that house and go about your business!”
-commanded the officer. “Let me not
-find any of you in this neighborhood in the
-morning; and think not I shall forget this
-escapade. Your colonel shall hear of it,
-Alwood.”</p>
-
-<p>Somebody released the farmer from his
-uncomfortable position, and he followed the
-bushwhackers to the door, bemoaning his
-fate. The men clattered out and, evidently
-fearing the power of Colonel Knowles, hurried
-away toward the river. When Uncle
-Ephraim saw his woodpile afire, he rushed
-out and began pulling from the flames such
-sticks as had only been charred, or were
-burning at one end, all the time railing at
-the misfortune that had overtaken him.
-The neighbor looked on a minute and then
-said, brusquely:</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve little pity in my heart for such as
-you, neighbor Morris&mdash;a man that will take
-sides against his country.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I’ve little pity for you, either,”
-Colonel Knowles declared, when the first
-speaker had ridden away, “for you are a
-dishonest old villain!”</p>
-
-<p>He and William wheeled their horses and
-followed the bridle path back to the highway;
-but Hadley, much troubled by what
-he had heard, remained to help put out the
-fire in the woodpile. His uncle did not
-speak to him, however, but when the last
-spark was quenched by the water which the
-boy brought from the well, he went into
-the house and, fairly shutting the door in
-his nephew’s face, locked and barred it!</p>
-
-<p>“Well!” muttered Hadley, “I don’t need
-a kick to follow that hint that my company’s
-not wanted,” and he rode back to the inn,
-feeling very sorrowful. Evidently his uncle
-was angry with him. But more than all
-else was he troubled by the words he had
-heard Colonel Knowles address to Ephraim
-Morris. The British officer had broadly
-intimated that the farmer was a thief!</p>
-
-<p>On his return to the inn he was so tired
-that he did not think of supper, and, instead
-of going into the house, tumbled into his
-couch in the loft and dropped to sleep
-almost instantly. The next morning Master
-Benson did not arrive, and the mistress
-of the inn met Hadley with a very sour face
-and berated him well for the manner in
-which he had burst in upon her guests the
-night before.</p>
-
-<p>“You are spending more than half your
-time with Washington’s ragamuffin army,”
-quoth she; “you’d better stay with them
-altogether. I cannot have my guests disturbed
-and troubled by such as you.”</p>
-
-<p>Hadley was inclined to take her berating
-good-naturedly, for he knew at heart that
-she was a kindly woman, and that, when
-Jonas was at home, she would not dare talk
-so. But she had really engaged a neighbor
-to perform his tasks, and, learning that
-Jonas was not expected back for a week or
-more, Hadley saw that it was going to be
-very unpleasant for him in the neighborhood
-meanwhile. Even his uncle did not
-care for his company, and he could not eat
-the bread of idleness at the Three Oaks Inn.
-There were three or four men starting to
-join Washington’s forces, and he determined
-to accompany them, sorry now that
-he had returned at all.</p>
-
-<p>He did not feel at liberty to take one of
-the Bensons’ horses this time, and so started
-afoot for the vicinity of Philadelphia. The
-roads were full of refugee families, and,
-although he could not learn of any real
-battle having been fought, the country people
-had evidently lost all hope of Washington
-staying the advance of the British.
-Hadley and his comrades traveled briskly,
-reaching the vicinity of Warren’s Inn early
-on the morning of the 16th and joined General
-Wayne’s forces just as the downpour
-of rain which spoiled the operations of that
-day began.</p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h3 class="nobreak" id="CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII<br />
-WITH “MAD ANTHONY” WAYNE</h3>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">O</span>N this 16th day of September, the opposing
-forces&mdash;Howe’s army led by
-Lord Cornwallis and the Americans
-by Anthony Wayne&mdash;met in conflict near
-the Warren Inn. Since Brandywine, when,
-because of Sullivan’s defeat, Washington
-had been forced to retreat to Chester, the
-armies had been maneuvering on the Lancaster
-pike; but nothing more serious than
-skirmishes had resulted. But this conflict
-near the old inn was a close and sharp engagement,
-and it would have been general
-had not the rain which was falling become
-a veritable deluge. The arms and ammunition
-were rendered almost useless, and the
-Americans had to retreat again.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp54" id="i_171" style="max-width: 40em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_171.jpg" alt="" />
- <div class="caption">WAYNE QUICKLY RALLIED HIS MEN
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<p>Bitterly did Hadley Morris grieve as,
-through the mud and downpour, he trudged
-in the ranks of his countrymen. Somebody
-sought him out on the march. It was Captain
-Prentice, relieved for the time of his
-command because of his wound; yet he had
-been near all day to encourage the men and
-was able still to wield his sword.</p>
-
-<p>“Eh, boy, I knew you would come back!”
-he said, smiling. “Your blood’s up, and
-you’ll not sit at peace in the chimney-corner
-till this bloody war is settled one way or
-’tother.”</p>
-
-<p>Hadley told him what had occurred at
-his uncle’s house, and at the inn where he
-worked. “You did right to come back to
-fight with us,” Prentice said. “And you’ll
-see fighting enough with ‘Mad Anthony.’
-Where he goes there is fighting always&mdash;that
-is his business. And a braver or better
-general does not command on our side, despite
-the slanders that are told about him.
-Ah, Hadley, these adventurers and politicians
-with His Excellency are what keep
-us back. They so fear to see a good man
-win that they will do all they can to ruin
-him. Why, do you know, they are trying
-to throw some of the blame for Sullivan’s
-blunder, down there at Brandywine creek,
-upon Anthony Wayne, although he fought
-with all the stubbornness a man ever displayed,
-and held off Knyphausen and his
-Hessians all day&mdash;until, in fact, he learned
-of the defeat in his rear, and that the rest
-of the army was retreating.</p>
-
-<p>“We were too busy ourselves that day,
-Master Morris, to know much about what
-went on excepting directly in front of us,”
-Prentice continued, with a smile. “But
-now that the matter is history, for history
-is being made rapidly these days, we can
-get at the truth pretty easily. Colonel Cadwalader,
-who, by the way, has gone to
-Philadelphia to look out for his private interests,
-and several other officers, were discussing
-the Brandywine engagement yesterday.
-The colonel, naturally, is a strong
-opponent of Sullivan and a warm adherent
-of General Wayne, for the former has too
-many political friends, and the latter is a
-plain, out-and-out fighter. Wayne is a
-Pennsylvania man, you know; has been a
-farmer over near Easton ’most all his life&mdash;though
-they do say he traveled north
-once, surveying land. He is somewhere
-about thirty-three years old now.</p>
-
-<p>“He brought his own regiment into the
-army&mdash;the Fourth Pennsylvania,” continued
-the captain, getting away from the real
-matter under discussion, but holding Hadley’s
-attention, nevertheless, “and he has
-been advanced to brigadier-general for
-conspicuous gallantry. They call him ‘Mad
-Anthony’ and claim he is reckless and
-thoughtless; but it’s a pity we haven’t more
-such mad men in the army. You have seen
-to-day how the troops love him and what
-they will do for him. This handful of
-muddy, half-starved creatures would charge
-the whole of Howe’s army if Anthony
-Wayne were at their head! Did you get
-a glimpse of him to-day, Morris?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir. And I think him a fine figure
-of a man,” declared the boy, enthusiastically.</p>
-
-<p>“He is that, indeed. A man of more
-forceful facial expression I never saw, and
-his dark eyes are always sparkling&mdash;either
-in fun or with earnestness. Anthony
-Wayne is an ‘all or nothing’ man&mdash;he is
-never lukewarm, as are some of these fellows
-who have obtained their commissions
-from Congress. What if he does brag?
-Why, Morris, if we’d done what he has, and
-were masters of the science of war as he is,
-we’d brag ourselves!”</p>
-
-<p>“But why do they try to drag him into
-the trouble over the Brandywine defeat?”
-queried the boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Why? Ask me why a mangy, homeless
-cur always snarls at the heels of a dog that
-is well bred. ’Tis always so. Jealousy is
-at the bottom of all these cabals and plots
-with which the army is troubled. Even His
-Excellency is not free from the arrows of
-their hate. And, as I tell you, Sullivan has
-too many political friends. They wish to
-attract attention from his mistakes to somebody
-else, and they fall upon General
-Wayne and call him reckless. Reckless,
-forsooth! His fighting that day when he
-faced those Hessians was marvelous.</p>
-
-<p>“Nobody,” pursued Prentice, warmly,
-“unless it was His Excellency himself,
-realized how exceedingly well placed my
-Lord Howe’s troops were for defence on
-the left bank of the Brandywine. Greene
-selected our position&mdash;the position of the
-main army. I mean, at Chadd’s Ford&mdash;and
-it was well. Wayne was there. Sullivan,
-as the senior Major-General, commanded
-the left wing. Wayne’s line was three
-miles long, and the farthest crossing, which
-he did not cover, Sullivan was supposed to
-watch.</p>
-
-<p>“You and I, Morris, were too busy in our
-little corner to know these facts at that time.
-But it has all come out now, and, just because
-a certain Major Spear was either a
-fool or a coward, Sullivan’s flank was
-turned and the army routed.”</p>
-
-<p>“What had Major Spear to do with it?”
-asked Hadley, interested despite the mud
-and rain through which they continued to
-plod.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll explain. Early on the day of the
-battle,&mdash;the 11th, you know,&mdash;Howe and
-Cornwallis marched for the forks of the
-Brandywine, where there are easy fords.
-Evidently they intended to do exactly what
-they did do&mdash;cross the river and march
-down on our side, doubling Sullivan’s wing
-back upon the main army. For a maneuver
-in broad daylight it was childish; but it won
-because of this man Spear.</p>
-
-<p>“Colonel Bland had been ordered to cross
-at Jones’ Ford to find out what the British
-were about. He sent back word&mdash;there
-can be no doubt of this, although Sullivan’s
-friends have tried to deny it&mdash;that Cornwallis
-was surely marching for the upper
-crossings. His Excellency, learning of this
-report, threw Wayne across the river to
-attack Grant and Knyphausen, while Sullivan
-and Greene were to engage the flanking
-column of Britishers. Why, if things
-had gone right, we’d have cut the two divisions
-of the enemy to pieces!” declared
-the captain, bitterly.</p>
-
-<p>“But it was not to be. A part of
-Wayne’s troops had already forded the
-river when this Major Spear, who had been
-reconnoitering in the direction of the forks,
-reported no sign of the enemy in that direction.
-What the matter was with the
-man I don’t know&mdash;nobody seems to know;
-but Sullivan should have known whether
-he was to be trusted or not. The general,
-on his own responsibility, halted his column
-and sent word to His Excellency that the
-first report of the British movements was
-wrong&mdash;Cornwallis was not in the vicinity
-of the Brandywine forks. Naturally this
-put the Commander-in-Chief out, and, fearing
-a surprise, he withdrew Wayne’s men
-from across the river. The Hessians followed;
-but they got no farther. Mad Anthony
-held them in check.</p>
-
-<p>“While we were fighting so hard down
-there by Chadd’s Ford, Sullivan was doing
-nothing at all. About one o’clock, it seems,
-a man named Cheney rode into Sullivan’s
-division and reported that the British had
-crossed the river and had reached the Birmingham
-meeting-house. That was some
-distance then on Sullivan’s right. But the
-general still stuck to his belief in Major
-Spear, and instead of sending out a scouting
-party, put aside the report as valueless.</p>
-
-<p>“This ’Squire Cheney is something of a
-man in his township&mdash;lives over Thornbury
-way, they tell me&mdash;and it angered him to
-be treated so superciliously by Sullivan.
-So what does he do but spur on to headquarters
-and inform General Washington
-himself. The report could scarcely be believed
-by the Commander-in-Chief and his
-staff, and you cannot blame them. Everybody
-knew how much depended on the day’s
-action, and that Sullivan should make such
-a terrible blunder was past belief.</p>
-
-<p>“Your friend Colonel Cadwalader told
-me about it afterward. ‘If you doubt my
-word, put me under arrest until you can
-ask Anthony Wayne or Persie Frazer if
-I am a man to be believed!’ said Cheney,
-getting red in the face. The staff&mdash;some
-of the young men, it seemed&mdash;had laughed
-at the queer figure the old fellow cut on his
-horse. ‘I’d have you know that I have this
-day’s work as much at heart as e’er a one
-of ye!’ quoth Cheney, and at that His Excellency
-ordered a change of face, and part
-of the army moved up to the support of
-Sullivan.</p>
-
-<p>“You know what happened after that.
-You saw the fugitives and the wounded
-when you rode to Philadelphia, Hadley.
-It was a sad day, and all because one man
-made a mistake,&mdash;either foolishly or willfully,&mdash;and
-another man did not consider
-the fate of the first city in the land of sufficient
-importance to have every report
-brought to him corroborated. Sullivan
-must bear the brunt of this thing,&mdash;as his
-men bore the brunt of the enemy’s charge&mdash;because
-he was in command at that end of
-the line. But they’re trying to make out
-that Anthony Wayne could have saved the
-day with his troops had he wished. They’d
-not talk so bold had they faced those
-bloody Hessians as we did.”</p>
-
-<p>“It seems awful that there should be
-friction in an army of patriots,” Hadley
-said, thoughtfully. “They are all patriotic&mdash;they
-all desire the freedom of the Colonies.”</p>
-
-<p>“What some of them desire it would be
-hard to say,” declared Prentice, gloomily.
-“And we are not patriots until we win.
-We’re rebels now&mdash;and rebels we shall go
-down into history unless the Great Jehovah
-Himself shall strike for us and give us a
-lasting victory over the British. I tell you,
-boy, I am discouraged.”</p>
-
-<p>And it was a discouraged column of 1,500
-men who marched that night to Tredyfrrin,
-where Wayne had been ordered by the
-Commander-in-Chief “to watch the movements
-of the enemy, and, when joined by
-Smallwood and the Maryland militia, to cut
-off their baggage and hospital trains.”</p>
-
-<p>On the 19th, after waiting in vain for
-Smallwood’s reinforcements, Wayne again
-crossed the river, and was, at Paoli, able to
-advance within half a mile of Howe’s encampment.
-He reported to General Washington
-that the enemy was then quietly
-washing and cooking. The British seemed
-to consider this advance on Philadelphia
-more in the light of a picnicing party than
-anything else. To his commander, however,
-Wayne said that the enemy was too
-compactly massed to be openly attacked by
-his small force, and begged that the entire
-army might come to his aid and strike a
-heavy blow. But neither Smallwood’s
-brigade nor any other division of the American
-forces arrived to aid the little party at
-Paoli on that day, nor the one following.</p>
-
-<p>Scouts brought in the tale that Howe was
-about to take up his line of march, and so,
-as the night of the 20th drew near, Wayne
-determined to attack in any case, reinforcements
-or not. The watchword that night in
-the American camp was, “Here we are and
-there they go!” and the troops were eager
-to follow their beloved leader into the very
-heart of the British encampment. It was
-believed that the night attack was unsuspected
-by the British, but it proved later
-that vigilant Tories had wormed the information
-from somebody on Wayne’s staff
-and hastened with it to the British camp.</p>
-
-<p>So confident was Wayne that his plans
-were unsuspected that, when informed by
-a friendly citizen, between nine and ten in
-the evening, that a boy of the neighborhood,
-who had been in the British camp during
-the day, had overheard a soldier say that
-“an attack on the American party would be
-made during the night,” Mad Anthony
-would not credit it. It did not seem probable
-that if such an attack was being considered
-by the British leaders, it would be
-common camp talk.</p>
-
-<p>However, believing that surplus precaution
-would do no harm, he multiplied his
-pickets and patrols and ordered the troops
-to repose on their arms, and, as it was then
-raining, made the men put their ammunition
-under their coats. He was thus prepared to
-meet an attack or withdraw, as circumstances
-might direct.</p>
-
-<p>Ere this, Captain Prentice had been sent
-to headquarters, almost by force, indeed,
-because his wound had become inflamed,
-and Hadley, being simply a volunteer, was
-obliged to take pot-luck where he found it,
-and was even without a blanket or pouch
-in which to carry his rations. He would
-have been more comfortable on picket duty
-that night, only volunteers were not trusted
-in such serious matters; and perhaps, if
-he had been, the youth would not have
-gotten out of the terrible engagement
-alive.</p>
-
-<p>Somewhere about eleven o’clock, rumor
-had it that the British were on the move.
-Wayne believed that the enemy would
-attack his right flank, and immediately ordered
-Colonel Humpton, his second in command,
-to wheel his line and move off by
-the road leading to the White Horse Tavern.
-Meanwhile, General Gray, in command
-of three British regiments and some
-dragoons with Tory guides, approached
-Paoli. The British were ordered to withhold
-their fire and to depend altogether on
-the bayonet. At midnight, two hours
-before the time fixed for his own advance
-on Howe’s force, Wayne learned that his
-pickets had been surprised.</p>
-
-<p>Colonel Humpton had not obeyed, nor
-did he do so until the third order reached
-him. The artillery moved without loss or
-injury, but the remainder of the army was
-in confusion, and, when charged by the
-British, the affair became almost a rout.
-An English officer who was present at the
-attack afterward wrote:</p>
-
-<p>“It was a dreadful scene of havoc. The
-Americans were easily distinguished by the
-light of the camp fires as they fell into line,
-thus offering Gray’s men an advantage.
-The charge was furious, and all Wayne’s
-efforts to rally his men were useless. They
-were driven through the woods two miles,
-and nearly a hundred and seventy men were
-killed.”</p>
-
-<p>With those about him, inspired as they
-were with fear of the bayonet, and confused
-by the darkness, Hadley Morris ran blindly
-through the woods to escape the death
-which followed him. The awful sabre-like
-bayonets of the British muskets he did
-escape; but a half-spent ball imbedded itself
-in the flesh of his leg above the knee and
-brought him at last to earth. The others
-streamed by and left him. He feared he
-would be captured and perhaps sent to the
-prison hulks in New York Bay; but both
-pursued and pursuer passed him by, and he
-was saved in the darkness.</p>
-
-<p>He could not travel with the ball in his
-leg, and so he lay down again under some
-bushes, and, despite the wound and his
-fright, dropped off into slumber, and slept
-just as soundly as he would had war and
-bloodshed been farthest from his thoughts.</p>
-
-<p class="allsmcap">[TO BE CONTINUED]</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-<p>Education is a better safeguard of liberty than a standing army.
-</p>
-<p class="right">&mdash;<i>Edward Everett.</i>
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak sans-serif" id="MIDSUMMER_DAYS">MIDSUMMER DAYS
- </h2>
-
-<p class="smcap h2sub">By Julia McNair Wright</p>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">T</span>HE production of seed is the chief
-object of plant life. Upon this depends
-the continuance of the vegetable
-world, and therefore all animal existence.
-From the elephant to the mouse,
-from the whale to the minnow, from the
-eagle to the humming-bird, life is conditioned
-upon the constant return of “the
-herb-bearing fruit whose seed is in itself.”</p>
-
-<p>In every minute particular the flower is
-constructed to insure the production of
-sound seed. The first form of this seed is
-the tiny ovule in the germ. Ovules cannot
-grow into seeds, unless they are brought in
-contact with the pollen, which must arrive
-at them by way of the stigma.</p>
-
-<p>The pollen of flowers is a most fine, delicate
-dust. It must be conveyed without
-injury in the most delicate manner. Many
-flowers are exceedingly high up, as on
-climbing vines, or growing on tree-tops,
-peaks, or house-tops. Many other plants
-are very low down, lying close to the
-ground, as the bluets, chickweed, arbutus,
-partridge-berry, and others. A large number
-of plants are in positions inaccessible to
-man or the larger animals.</p>
-
-<p>Man excepted, the larger animals seem
-generally to have a destructive mission to
-plants, devouring, breaking, or trampling
-down. Men themselves are often ruthless
-destroyers of beautiful plants, and seem
-to care for and conserve only what concerns
-human convenience.</p>
-
-<p>Here, then, we have the problem of plants
-fixed in their places, needing carriers for
-their pollen to distant plants of their own
-kind, at the exact period of maturity. The
-carriers must be able to go high or low, into
-all manner of different localities; they must
-be delicately made, so that they will not
-injure the plants which they visit, capable
-of carrying the frail pollen grains unharmed,
-and they must have some object
-of their own in these visitations, which shall
-infallibly secure their doing of the work required.
-Finally, let us remember that the
-pollen of flowers is but seldom spread where
-it is easy to secure it. The buttercup lavishly
-expends a golden saucer of pollen; the
-lily has a wide-open door, near which hangs
-the antlers, like so many ready bells. On
-the other hand, how long and narrow are
-the throats of the morning-glories and
-honeysuckles; how tiny are the tubes of
-mint, thyme, and clover; how fast-closed is
-the mouth of the snap-dragon; how narrow
-the fox-glove’s throat. Pollen-carriers
-must be able to secure the dust so jealously
-kept, and must be afforded a reward for
-their trouble.</p>
-
-<p>What form of animal life meets all these
-conditions? But one&mdash;the insect. It is
-generally light and delicate in structure,
-active, winged; its life is conterminous with
-that of flowers; they are spring and summer
-guests. The slender shape and the long,
-slim mouth organs of the insect can penetrate
-and gently force open flower tubes and
-the fast-shut lips of corollas; the velvet
-coats and fine, waving antennæ will receive
-and carry uninjured the precious dust, and
-the insect habit of constant roaming from
-bloom to bloom assures the accomplishment
-of its important errand.</p>
-
-<p>Not all insects, but a few widely-distributed
-families, are the chosen partners
-of the flowers; these are the various tribes
-of bees, moths, and butterflies, with some
-help from a few others.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing for nothing” seems to be a law
-of nature. What does the flower offer to
-the insect for its services as pollen distributer?
-Honey, which is the chief food
-of flying insects, also wax, and pollen for
-its private use at home. The miller, we
-know, takes toll from the flour he grinds.</p>
-
-<p>To secure insect visitants, the flower provides
-honey; almost all flowers secrete some
-dainty juices. As shopkeepers set up signs
-to inform the public of their wares, so the
-flowers hang forth signs; these are the brilliant
-corollas, or parts highly colored which
-take the place of
-corollas.</p>
-
-<p>Another bid
-for visits is
-made by perfume,
-which attracts
-insects as
-being generally
-associated with
-honey. Many
-flowers have inconspicuous
-corollas,
-or are
-hidden under
-foliage, or so
-placed as to risk
-being neglected;
-these call attention
-by fragrance,
-as the
-mignonette, the
-violet, or arbutus.
-Others, as
-the lilies, have
-large and attractive
-corollas,
-yet add perfume
-to size and
-color, to insure
-the securing of insect attention and help.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp62" id="i_180" style="max-width: 39.5em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_180.jpg" alt="Flowers with insects flying around them." />
- <div class="caption"><p>PLANTS AND THEIR PARTNERS</p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>Plants which depend upon moths, or any
-night-flying insects, have usually strong
-perfume and pale color, as white or light
-lemon color, which can easily be seen in
-twilight. The odor attracts the insect in its
-direction; and on a nearer approach the
-flower is seen.</p>
-
-<p>Most flowers have peculiarly bright
-streaks, spots, or other markings, in the
-direction of the honey, and the honey is
-placed at the bottom of the stamens, thus
-the insect is attracted just where he should
-go. The tiger lily has its startling red spots;
-the arum its lines of red and green; the
-morning-glory its vivid stripes, the jonquil
-its ruffled bi-colored crown, and the beauty-of-the-night
-its bright purple centre.</p>
-
-<p>When the
-pollen is ripe
-for carrying, all
-the parts of the
-flower are at
-their best: the
-perfume is the
-strongest, the
-coloring the
-brightest, the
-nectar most
-abundant.</p>
-
-<p>On these hot
-July days, when
-the sun draws
-out the richest
-fragrance and
-lights up the
-most brilliant
-colors, watch
-the bees and
-butterflies. The
-bee seeks the
-clover on one
-trip, mignonette
-on another,
-lilies on a third.
-The butterflies
-have no hive returning
-to mark their work, but you can
-count their visits, a dozen or more to
-flowers of one kind before they investigate
-the sweets of flowers of some other
-kind.</p>
-
-<p>So, the plant’s partners, while gathering
-honey for their daily needs, toil unthinkingly
-to perpetuate the very flowers upon
-which their existence depends.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
-<div class="bbox">
- <h2 class="nobreak" id="A_DAUGHTER">A DAUGHTER OF THE FOREST
- </h2>
- <p class="smcap h2sub">By Evelyn Raymond</p>
- </div>
-
- <h3>
- CHAPTER XIV<br />
- <small>A Dead Water Tragedy</small>
- </h3>
-
-<h4>SYNOPSIS OF PREVIOUS CHAPTERS.</h4>
-<div class="blockquot">
-<p>Brought up in the forests of northern Maine, and
-seeing few persons excepting her uncle and Angelique,
-the Indian housekeeper, Margot Romeyn knows
-little of life beyond the deep hemlocks. Naturally
-observant, she is encouraged in her out-of-door
-studies by her uncle, at one time a college professor.
-Through her woodland instincts, she and her uncle
-are enabled to save the life of Adrian Wadislaw,
-a youth who, lost and almost overcome with hunger,
-has been wandering in the neighboring forest. To
-Margot the new friend is a welcome addition to her
-small circle of acquaintances, and after his rapid
-recovery she takes great delight in showing him the
-many wonders of the forest about her home.
-But finally, after many weeks, the uncle decides,
-because of reasons which will be known later, that
-it would be better for Margot if Adrian left them.
-Accordingly, he puts the matter before the young
-man, who, although reluctant to leave his new
-friends, volunteers to go. Under the guidance of
-Pierre Ricord, a young Indian, the lad sets out for
-the nearest settlement. Once in the woods, however,
-they decide to remain there for a while. During
-their wanderings the two had become separated
-for a time and then it is that Adrian hears a noise
-which makes his pulse beat faster. It is the call of
-a moose.</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">B</span>UT Pierre, also, had heard that distant
-“Ugh-u-u-ugh!” and instantly paused.</p>
-
-<p>His own anxiety was lest Adrian
-should not hear and be still. Fortunately,
-the wind was in their favor and the sensitive
-nostrils of the moose less apt to scent
-them. Having listened a moment, he
-dropped his pack so softly that, heavy as it
-was, it scarcely made the undergrowth
-crack. His gun was always loaded, and,
-now making it ready for prompt use, he
-started back toward his companion. The
-Indian in his nature came to the fore. His
-step was alert, precise, and light as that of
-any four-footed forester. When within
-sight of the other lad, listening and motionless,
-his eye brightened.</p>
-
-<p>“If he keeps that way, maybe&mdash;Ah!”</p>
-
-<p>The moose call again, but farther off.
-This was a disappointment, but they were
-on good ground for hunting and another
-chance would come. Meanwhile, they
-would better make all haste to the thoroughfare.
-There would be the better place,
-and out in the canoe they’d have a wider
-range.</p>
-
-<p>“Here, you. Give me the boat. Did
-you hear it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Did I not? But you had the gun!”</p>
-
-<p>“Wouldn’t have made any difference if
-you’d had it. Too far off. Let’s get on.”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian lifted the pack and dropped it in
-disgust. “I can’t carry that load!”</p>
-
-<p>Pierre was also disgusted&mdash;by the other’s
-ignorance and lack of endurance.</p>
-
-<p>“What you don’t know about the woods
-beats all. Haven’t you seen anybody pack
-things before? I’ll show you. When
-there’s big game handy is no time to quarrel.
-If a pack’s too heavy, halve it. Watch
-and learn something.”</p>
-
-<p>Pierre could be both swift and dexterous
-if he chose, and he rapidly unrolled and
-divided the contents of the cotton tent.
-Putting part into the blanket, he retied the
-rest in the sheeting, and now neither bundle
-was a very severe tax.</p>
-
-<p>“Whew! What’s the sense of that? It’s
-the same weight. How does ‘halving’ it
-help?”</p>
-
-<p>Pierre swung the canoe upon his head
-and directed:</p>
-
-<p>“Catch hold them straps. Carry one a
-few rods. Drop it. Come back after the
-other. Carry that a ways beyond the first.
-Drop it. Get number one. All time lap
-over, beyond, over, beyond. So.”</p>
-
-<p>With a stick he illustrated upon the
-ground, and, wasting no further time nor
-speech, clasped his gun the tighter under his
-arm and trotted forward again.</p>
-
-<p>Adrian obeyed instructions, and though it
-seemed, at first, a waste to go back and
-forth along the carry as he had been directed,
-found that, in the end, he had accomplished
-his task with small fatigue or
-delay.</p>
-
-<p>“Another bit of woodcraft for my knowledge
-box. Useful elsewhere, too. Wish I
-could get through this country as fast as
-Pierre does. But he’ll have to wait for me,
-anyway.”</p>
-
-<p>For a time Adrian could easily trace the
-route of his guide by the bruises the canoe
-had given the leaves and undergrowth; but
-after a while the forest grew more open and
-this trail was lost. Then he stopped to consider.
-He had no intention of losing himself
-again.</p>
-
-<p>“We are aiming for the south. Good.
-All the big branches of these hemlocks point
-that way&mdash;so yonder’s my way. Queer,
-too, how mossy the tree trunks are on the
-north side. I’ve heard that you could
-drop an Indian anywhere, in any forest, and
-he’d travel to either point of the compass
-he desired with nothing to guide him but
-his instinct. Wish I was an Indian!
-Wish, rather, I had my own compass and
-good outfit that went over in my canoe.
-Hurrah! There’s a glimmer of water.
-That’s the thoroughfare. Now a dash for
-it!”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian was proud of his new skill in finding
-his way through a trackless forest, but,
-though he duly reached the stream, he could
-not for a time see anything of Pierre. He
-did not wish to shout, lest the moose might
-be near and take fright, but at last he did
-give a faint halloo, and an answer came at
-once. Then a boat shot out from behind a
-clump of alders and made down the river
-toward him.</p>
-
-<p>The current was swift and strong, and
-there was considerable poling to be done
-before it touched the shore and Pierre
-stepped out.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been looking round. This is as good
-a place to camp to-night as we’ll find.
-Leave the things here, and might as well
-get ready now. Then we can stay out all
-day and come back when we like.”</p>
-
-<p>“But I thought we were to go on up thoroughfare.
-Why stop here at all? Other
-camping places are easy to find.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are they? Ask a few more questions.
-Good many things go to making right sort
-of camp. Dry ground, good water to
-drink, firewood, poles&mdash;Oh! shucks! If
-you don’t know, keep still and learn.”</p>
-
-<p>This was excellent advice, and Adrian
-was tired. He decided to trust to the other
-lad’s common sense and larger experience,
-and, having so decided, calmly stretched
-himself out upon the level bank of the
-stream and went to sleep.</p>
-
-<p>Pierre’s temper rose still higher, and
-after he had endured the sight of Adrian’s
-indolence as long as possible he stepped to
-the river and dipped a bucket of water.
-Then he returned and quietly dashed it
-over the drowsy lad. The effect was all
-that Pierre desired.</p>
-
-<p>“What did you do that for?”</p>
-
-<p>“Take this axe and get to work. I’ve
-chopped long enough. It’s my turn&mdash;or
-would be, only I’m after moose.”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian realized that he had given cause
-for offense and laughed good-naturedly.
-His nap had rested him much more than
-his broken sleep of the night under the
-rocks, and the word “moose” had an inspiration
-all its own.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve cut the firewood. You get poles
-for the tent. I’ll get things ready for
-supper.”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian laid his hand dramatically upon
-his stomach. “I’ve an inner conviction
-already that dinner precedes supper.”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut, can’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Cut it is.”</p>
-
-<p>In a few moments he had chopped down
-a few slender poles, and, selecting two with
-forked branches, he planted these upright
-on a little rise of the dryest ground.
-Across the notches he laid a third pole, and
-over this he stretched their strip of sheeting.
-When this was pegged down at a convenient
-angle at the back and also secured
-at the ends, they had a very comfortable
-shelter from the dew and possible rain.
-The affair was open on one side, and before
-this Pierre had heaped the wood for the fire
-when they should return after the day’s
-hunt. Together they cut and spread the
-spruce and hemlock boughs for their bed,
-arranging them in overlapping rows, with
-an added quantity for pillows. Wrapped
-in their blankets, for even at midsummer
-these were not amiss, they hoped to sleep
-luxuriously.</p>
-
-<p>They stored their food in as safe a spot
-as possible, though Pierre said that nothing
-would molest it, unless it might be a hungry
-hedgehog; but Adrian preferred to take no
-risks. Then, with knives freshly sharpened
-on the rocks, and the gun in hand, they
-cautiously stepped into the canoe and
-pushed off.</p>
-
-<p>“One should not jump into a birch.
-Easiest thing in the world to split the bottom,”
-its owner had explained.</p>
-
-<p>Adrian had no desire to do anything
-that would hinder their success, therefore
-submitted to his guide’s dictation with
-a meekness that would have amused
-Margot.</p>
-
-<p>She would not have been amused by their
-undertaking, nor its but half-anticipated
-results. After a long and difficult warping-up
-the rapids, in which Adrian’s skill
-at using the sharp-pointed pole that helped
-to keep the canoe off the rocks surprised
-Pierre, they reached a dead water, with low,
-rush-dotted banks.</p>
-
-<p>“Get her into that cove yonder and keep
-still. I’ve brought some bark and I’ll make
-a horn.”</p>
-
-<p>There, while they rested and listened,
-Pierre deftly rolled his strip of birch bark
-into a horn of two feet in length, small at
-the mouth end, but several inches wide at
-the other. He tied it with cedar thongs,
-and, putting it to his lips, uttered a call so
-like a cow moose that Adrian wondered
-more and more.</p>
-
-<p>“Hm-m! I thought I was pretty smart,
-myself; but I’ll step down when you take
-the stand.”</p>
-
-<p>“Sh-h-h! Don’t move. Don’t speak.
-Don’t breathe if you can help it.”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian became rigid, all his faculties
-merged in that one desire to lose no
-sound.</p>
-
-<p>Again Pierre gave the moose call, and&mdash;hark!
-what was that? An answering cry,
-a far-away crashing of boughs, the onrush
-of some big creature, hastening to its
-mate.</p>
-
-<p>Noiselessly Pierre brought his gun into
-position, sighting one distant point from
-which he thought his prey would come.
-Adrian’s body dripped with a cold sweat,
-his hands trembled, specks floated before
-his staring eyes, every nerve was tense,
-and, as Margot would have said, he was
-a-thrill “with murder,” from head to foot!
-Oh! if the gun were his, and the
-shot!</p>
-
-<p>Another call, another cry, and a magnificent
-head came into view. With horns
-erect and quivering nostrils, the monarch
-of that wilderness came, seeking love, and
-faced his enemies.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s within range&mdash;shoot!” whispered
-Adrian.</p>
-
-<p>“Only mad him that way. Sh! When
-he turns&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Bang! bang! bang!” in swift succession.</p>
-
-<p>The great horns tossed, the noble head
-came round again, then bent, wavered, and
-disappeared. The tragedy was over.</p>
-
-<p>“I got him! I got him that time! Always
-shoot that way, never&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>Pierre picked up his paddle and sent the
-canoe forward at a leap. When there came
-no responding movement from his companion
-he looked back over his shoulder.
-Adrian’s face had gone white, and the
-eagerness of his eyes had given place to unspeakable
-regret.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter? Sick?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Why, it was murder! Margot
-was right.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, shucks!”</p>
-
-<p>Whereupon Pierre pulled the faster
-toward the body of his victim.</p>
-
-<h3 id="CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV<br />
- <small>SHOOTING THE RAPIDS</small>
- </h3>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">T</span>HREE months earlier, if anybody had
-told Adrian he would ever be guilty
-of such “squeamishness,” he would
-have laughed in derision. Now, all unconsciously
-to himself, the influence of his
-summer at Peace Island was upon him, and
-it came to him with the force of a revelation
-that God had created the wild creatures of
-His forests for something nobler than to become
-the prey of man.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! That grand fellow! His splendidly
-defiant, yet hopeless, facing of death!
-I wish we’d never met him!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, of all fools! I thought you
-wanted nothing but a chance at him yourself.”</p>
-
-<p>“So I did, before I saw him. What if
-it had been Madoc?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s different.”</p>
-
-<p>“The same. Might have been twin
-brothers. Maybe they were.”</p>
-
-<p>“Couldn’t have been. Paddle, won’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian did so, but with a poor grace.
-He would now far rather have turned the
-canoe about toward camp, yet railed at himself
-for his sudden cowardice. He shrank
-from looking on the dead moose as only an
-hour before he had longed to do so.</p>
-
-<p>They were soon at the spot where the
-animal had disappeared, and, pushing the
-boat upon the reedy shore, Pierre plunged
-forward through the marsh. Adrian did
-not follow, till a triumphant shout reached
-him. Then he felt in his pocket and, finding
-a pencil with a bit of paper, made his own
-way more slowly to the side of his comrade,
-who, wildly excited, was examining and
-measuring his quarry. On a broad-leaved
-rush he had marked off a hand’s width, and
-from this unit calculated that:</p>
-
-<p>“He’s eight feet four from hoof to shoulder,
-and that betters the King by six inches.
-See! His horns spread nigh six feet. If
-he stood straight and held them up, he’d be
-fifteen feet or nothing! They spread
-more’n six feet, and, I tell you, he’s a
-beauty!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. He’s all of that. But of what
-use is his beauty now?”</p>
-
-<p>“Humph! Didn’t know you was a
-girl!”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian did not answer. He was rapidly
-and skillfully sketching the prostrate animal,
-and studying it minutely. From his
-memory of it alive and the drawing, he
-hoped to paint a tolerably lifelike portrait
-of the animal; and a fresh inspiration came
-to him. To those projected woodland pictures
-he would add glimpses of its wild
-denizens, and in such a way that the hearts
-of the beholders should be moved to pity,
-not to slaughter.</p>
-
-<p>But, already, that sharpened knife of
-Pierre’s was at work, defacing, mutilating.</p>
-
-<p>“Why do that, man?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not? What ails you? What’d we
-hunt for?”</p>
-
-<p>“We don’t need him for food. You cannot
-possibly carry those horns any distance
-on our trip, and you’re not apt to come back
-just this same way. Let him lie. You’ve
-done him all the harm you should. Come
-on. Is this like him?” and Adrian showed
-his drawing.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! It’s like enough. If you don’t
-relish my job, clear out. I can skin him
-alone.”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian waited no second bidding, but
-strolled away to a distance and tried to
-think of other things than the butchering in
-progress. But at last Pierre whistled, and
-he had to go back or else be left in the wilderness
-to fare alone as best he might. It
-was a ghastly sight. The great skin,
-splashed and wet with its owner’s blood,
-the dismembered antlers, the slashed-off
-nose,&mdash;which such as Pierre considered a
-precious tid-bit,&mdash;the naked carcass, and the
-butcher’s own uninviting state.</p>
-
-<p>“I declare, I can never get into the same
-boat with you and all that horror. Do leave
-it here. Do wash yourself,&mdash;there’s plenty
-of water,&mdash;and let’s be gone.”</p>
-
-<p>Pierre did not notice the appeal. Though
-the lust of killing had died out of his eyes,
-the lust of greed remained. Already he
-was estimating the value of the hide, cured
-or uncured, and the price those antlers
-would bring could he once get them to the
-proper market.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, I’ve heard that in some of the
-towns folks buy ’em to hang their hats on.
-Odd! Lend a hand.”</p>
-
-<p>Reluctantly, Adrian did lift his portion
-of heavy horns and helped carry them to the
-birch. He realized that the quickest way
-of putting this disagreeable spot behind him
-was by doing as he was asked. He was
-hopeless of influencing the other by any
-change in his own feelings, and wisely kept
-silence.</p>
-
-<p>But they hunted no more that day, nor
-did they make any further progress on their
-journey. Pierre busied himself in erecting
-a rude frame, upon which he stretched the
-moose skin to dry. He also prepared the
-antlers and built a sort of hut, of saplings
-and bark, where he could store his trophies
-till his return trip.</p>
-
-<p>“For I shall surely come back this same
-way. It’s good hunting ground and moose
-feed in herds. Small herds, course, but two
-three make a fello’ rich. Eh?”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian said nothing. He occupied himself
-in what Pierre considered a silly
-fashion, sketching, studying “effects,” and
-carefully cutting big pieces of the birch bark
-that he meant to use for canvas. To keep
-this flat during his travels was a rather difficult
-problem, but finally solved by cutting
-two slabs of cedar wood and placing the
-sheets of bark between these.</p>
-
-<p>Whereupon Pierre laughed and assured
-the weary chopper that he had had his
-trouble for his pains.</p>
-
-<p>“What for you want to carry big lumber
-that way? Roll your bark. That’s all
-right. When you want to use it, put it in
-water. Easy. Queer how little you know
-about things.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right. I was silly, sure enough.
-But thanks for your teaching. Maybe, if
-you were in my city, I might show you a
-thing or two.”</p>
-
-<p>Both lads were glad, however, when night
-came, and, having cooked themselves a
-good supper and replenished their fire, they
-slept as only such healthy lads can sleep; to
-wake at sunrise, ready for fresh adventures,
-and with the tragedy of the previous day
-partly forgotten, even by Adrian. Then,
-after a hearty breakfast, they resumed their
-trip.</p>
-
-<p>Nothing eventful occurred for some time
-after. No more moose appeared, and, beyond
-winging a duck or two and fishing
-now and then, Pierre kept his hunting instincts
-down. In fact, he was just then too
-lazy to exert himself. He felt that he had
-labored beyond all reason during the past
-summer and needed a rest. Besides, were
-not his wages steadily going on? If Adrian
-was silly enough to paint and paint and
-paint all day, this old tree and that mossy
-stump, he was not responsible for another
-man’s stupidity. Not he. The food was
-still holding out, so let things take their
-course.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly, however, Adrian realized that
-they were wasting time. He had made
-sketches on everything and anything he
-could find, and had accumulated enough
-birch bark to swamp the canoe, should they
-strike rough water; and far more than was
-comfortable for him to carry over any portage.
-So he one morning announced his intention
-of leaving the wilderness and getting
-back to civilization.</p>
-
-<p>“All right. I go with you. Show me
-the town, then I’ll come back.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, as you please. Only I don’t propose
-to pay you any longer than will take
-us, now by the shortest road, to Donovan’s.”</p>
-
-<p>“Time enough to borrow that trouble
-when you see it.”</p>
-
-<p>But Pierre suggested that, as Adrian
-wished to learn everything possible about
-the woods, he should now take the guidance
-of affairs, and that whenever things went
-wrong, he, Pierre, could point the way.
-He did this because, of late, he fancied that
-his young employer had taken a “too top-lofty”
-tone in addressing him; and, in truth,
-Adrian’s day dreams of coming fame and
-his own genius were making him feel vastly
-superior to the rough woodsman.</p>
-
-<p>They had paddled over dead water to a
-point where two streams touched it, and the
-question rose&mdash;which way?</p>
-
-<p>“That!” said Adrian, with decision,
-pointing to the broader and more southern
-of the two.</p>
-
-<p>“Good enough.”</p>
-
-<p>For a moment the leader fancied there
-was a gleam of malice in his hireling’s eye,
-but he considered it beneath his notice and
-calmly turned the canoe into the thoroughfare
-he had chosen. It was wonderfully
-smooth and delightful paddling. In all
-their trip they had not found so level a
-stream, and it was nothing but enjoyment
-of the scenery that Adrian felt; until it
-seemed to him that they had been moving
-a long time without arriving anywhere.
-“Haven’t we?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh! we’ll get there soon, now.”</p>
-
-<p>Presently things began to look familiar.
-There was one curiously-shaped, lightning-riven
-pine, standing high above its fellows,
-that appeared like an old friend.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what’s this? Can there be two
-trees, exactly alike, within a half-day’s rowing?
-I’ve certainly sketched that old landmark
-from every side, and&mdash;Hello! yonder’s
-my group of white birches, or I’m
-blind. How queer!”</p>
-
-<p>A few more sweeps and the remains of
-the camp they had that morning left were
-before them, and Pierre could no longer
-repress his glee.</p>
-
-<p>“Good guide, you! Trust a know-it-all
-for a fool.”</p>
-
-<p>“What does it mean?” demanded Adrian,
-angrily.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing. Only you picked out a run-about,
-a little branch of river, that wanders
-out of course and then comes home again.
-Begins and ends the same. Oh! you’re
-wise, you are.”</p>
-
-<p>“Would the other lead us right?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“But it turns north. We’re bound
-south.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s no matter. Can’t a river turn,
-same as run-about?”</p>
-
-<p>“I give up. You guide. I’ll stick to my
-brush.”</p>
-
-<p>This restored affairs to the ground which
-Pierre considered proper, and, having
-paused long enough to eat a lunch, they set
-out afresh. The new track they followed
-ascended steadily, and it proved a difficult
-stream to warp up; but the ascent was accomplished
-without accident, and then the
-surface of the land altered. Again they
-reached a point where two branches met,
-and Pierre explained that the waters of one
-ran due north, but the other bent gradually
-toward the south and in a little while descended
-through one of the most dangerous
-“rips” he had ever seen.</p>
-
-<p>“Only saw them once, either. When I
-went as far as Donovan’s with the master,
-year before last.”</p>
-
-<p>“Didn’t know he ever came so far from
-the island.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, he goes once every summer, or
-fall, as far as that New York of yours.
-Likely he’ll be going soon again.”</p>
-
-<p>“He does! Queer he never mentioned
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe. I’ve a notion, though, that the
-things he don’t say are more important than
-what he does. Ever shoot a rip?”</p>
-
-<p>“No. I’ve tried and failed. That’s how
-I happened to get lost and wandered to Dutton’s.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s the boss hand at it. Seems as if
-the danger fired him up. Makes him feel
-as I do when I hunt big game. He didn’t
-need my help, only fetched me along to take
-back some truck. That’s how he picked me
-out to show you. He knew I knew&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“And I wish I knew&mdash;lots of things!”</p>
-
-<p>“One of ’em might be that round that
-next turn comes the first dip. Then look
-out.”</p>
-
-<p>The stream was descending very perceptibly,
-and they needed no paddling to
-keep them moving. But they did require
-to be incessantly on the watch to guard
-against the rocks which obstructed the current,
-and which threatened the safety of
-their frail craft.</p>
-
-<p>“You keep an eye on me and one on the
-channel. It’ll take a clear head to carry
-us through, and no fooling.”</p>
-
-<p>Adrian did not answer. He had no
-thought for anything just then but the
-menace of those jagged points; which
-seemed to reach toward them as if to destroy.</p>
-
-<p>Nor did Pierre speak again. Far better
-even than his silent companion could he
-estimate the perils which beset them. Life
-itself was the price which they would pay
-for a moment’s carelessness, but a cool head,
-a clear eye, and a steady wrist&mdash;these meant
-safety and the proud record of a dangerous
-passage wisely made. A man who could
-shoot those rapids was a guide who might,
-indeed, some time demand the high wages
-Adrian had jeered at.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly the channel seemed barred by
-two opposing boulders, whose points lapped
-each other. In reality, there was a way between
-them, by the shortest of curves and
-of but little more than the canoe’s width.
-Pierre saw and measured the distance skillfully,
-but he had not counted upon the opposing
-force of the water that rushed
-against them.</p>
-
-<p>“Look&mdash;out! Take&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>Behind the right-hand rock seethed a
-mighty whirlpool, where the river, speeding
-downward, was caught and tossed back
-upon itself, around and around, mad to
-escape yet bound by its own power.</p>
-
-<p>Into this vortex the canoe was hurled, to
-be instantly overturned and dashed to pieces
-on the rock.</p>
-
-<p>On its first circuit of the pool, Adrian
-leaped and landed upon the slippery boulder&mdash;breathless,
-but alive! His hand still
-clasped the pole he had been using to steer
-with, and Pierre&mdash;? He had almost disappeared
-within the whirling water, that
-tossed him like a feather.</p>
-
-<p class="allsmcap">[TO BE CONTINUED]</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="FOURTH_OF_JULY">FOURTH OF JULY</h2>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">Fling out our banner to the breeze,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Our glorious stripes and stars;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Unfurl our flag, o’er land and seas&mdash;</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Our nation’s stars and bars!</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">The emblem of our birthright wave,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">O’er hill, and vale, and plain,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Till over every patriot grave</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Our flag shall float again.</div>
- </div>
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">We sing to-day a nation’s pride,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Sung through an hundred years,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Yet pause to bless the brave who died,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">And mingle smiles with tears;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">For ’neath the hill and on the plain</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">The fallen heroes sleep,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">And while we sing our glad refrain</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Their mem’ry still we keep.</div>
- </div>
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">Thanks be to Him who rules on high,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">For this, our festal day&mdash;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Who holds the sparrows as they fly,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">And guides a nation’s way;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">May Freedom e’er maintain her cause,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Unstained by passion’s wars,</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">And Freedom e’er proclaim her laws</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Beneath the stripes and stars.</div>
- </div>
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="citation">&mdash;<i>W. F. Fox.</i></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- <h2 class="nobreak" id="Wood-Folk_Talk"><i>Wood-Folk Talk</i>
- </h2>
- </div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p class="h2sub">By J. ALLISON ATWOOD</p>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<h3>AUK’S MYSTERY.</h3>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">W</span>ITHOUT doubt most persons, should
-we ask them where Auk might
-be found, would laugh at us.
-“Auk?” they would say; “why he’s been
-dead for over half a century.” This seems
-very likely, since he has been neither seen
-nor heard of for a long time. But let me
-whisper a word in your ear: “Auk is still
-alive.” But why should he hide this way?
-Well, there is a very good reason for it, as
-you will see.</p>
-
-<p>To our mind Auk was badly treated. He
-was certainly not to blame for being unattractive:
-neither was it his fault that he was
-clumsy. He had lived on the shore of the
-Great South Bay for years, and supported
-himself comfortably by his industry. But
-he was kept from making friends by his
-awkward manners. It is easy enough for
-us to see the meaning of the word awkward
-now, even if it is spelled with a “w” instead
-of a “u,” but that is of little importance.</p>
-
-<p>Auk was a fisherman, and all his time,
-when not resting, was spent on the water.
-Although, as we have said, he was clumsy
-on land, Auk was a very graceful swimmer.
-More than that, he could stay under the
-water a long time, so that few fish, indeed,
-escaped him. This, of course, made many
-birds dislike him. They feared that there
-would be no fish left for them. To avert
-this danger, the Heron family, Tern, and
-most of the Gulls&mdash;all, in fact, except
-Black-head, who was too happy to quarrel
-with anyone&mdash;called a council. They would
-get rid of Auk.</p>
-
-<p>On the water, they knew, they could not
-harm him in the least: he was far too good
-a swimmer for that. But on the land he
-would be at their mercy. As every one
-knows, Auk could not fly. He had been
-growing too heavy of late years.</p>
-
-<p>So Tern proposed that the birds wait
-until night, when it was Auk’s habit to go
-back on the shore quite a way from the
-water to sleep. If they attacked him there
-he would be an easy prey.</p>
-
-<p>As soon as the sun had gone down Auk’s
-enemies gathered on the shore just below
-the long sand-bar. About dark Sandpiper
-at the suggestion of Night-Heron, stole
-quietly along the shore to learn if Auk was
-asleep. It took him but a few minutes to
-reach the spot where the great bulky fellow
-rested while sitting bolt upright. So excited
-was Sandpiper that his heart beat
-wildly, and he had hardly gotten half way
-back when he called out to his friends,
-“Asleep! Asleep!”</p>
-
-<p>Now Auk, even when in a sound slumber,
-always kept his ears wide open. That’s
-how he happened to hear Sandpiper’s
-piping voice telling the other birds that he
-was asleep. At first he thought he had
-been dreaming, but when he saw the dark
-forms down on the sand-bar he realized the
-truth and knew that he was in peril.</p>
-
-<p>Greatly frightened, Auk hurried to the
-water, as was his habit in all danger. It
-was well he did, for, in the next instant.
-Blue Heron, Tern, and a host of others
-came flying swiftly toward him. In another
-moment Auk dived headlong into the
-sea and swam rapidly away, while his enemies
-stood on the shore crying out in their
-disappointment.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Years passed and Auk was forgotten.
-Everyone supposed that he had long ago
-fallen prey to some enemy. Then, one
-night, Birdland was astonished. Night-Heron
-had been to the far north for some
-time past. Suddenly he came bursting in
-upon them. His eyes were wide open with
-wonder. All he could say was the word
-“Quok! Quok!” which everyone knew
-was his way of saying “Auk,” Night-Heron
-being slightly tongue-tied. After
-he had gotten over his excitement the birds
-learned of his trip to Granite Island.
-Whom do you suppose he found there? It
-was no less a person than Auk.</p>
-
-<p>At first folks thought Night-Heron’s
-mind had been wandering. But when he
-became calmer, and related his discovery,
-they could no longer refuse to believe him.
-All the old anger of the fishing birds
-seemed to arouse itself again. For years
-and years they had thought Auk was dead,
-and now they learned that he was still living
-and probably laughing at their stupidity.</p>
-
-<p>Quickly gathering together, they started
-north. This time he would not escape
-them. It took many days of tiresome
-flight, but at last they could see Granite
-Island in the dim distance ahead of them.
-As they drew near, their anger increased
-and their cries cut the air. Just try to
-imagine their feelings then, when, upon
-nearer approach, they found that Auk was
-not there.</p>
-
-<p>The truth was that Black-head had flown
-ahead of the party and warned Auk of his
-danger. Now he was circling high in
-air, and every now and then he would break
-out in laughter: “Gone! Ha! ha! ha!
-Gone! Ha! ha! ha!”</p>
-
-<p>But this defeat only hardened the purpose
-of the fishing birds. They still continue
-to hunt for Auk. Watch any of
-them if you will while on the sea-shore.
-See how tirelessly Tern is searching as he
-skims over wave after wave. Will he ever
-find Auk? At any rate, he will not give up.
-But then, when we think of the broad expanse
-of the Great North Ocean, and its
-many rocky islands, we cannot but feel that
-Auk is pretty safe after all. He has found
-a good hiding-place somewhere.</p>
-
-<p>You who have been believing that Auk
-has been extinct for half a century, now
-know that it is not so. But where is he?
-There is only one whom you can ask: that
-is Black-head. He will tell you nothing.
-Try it and see. His only reply is a laugh:
-“Gone! Ha! ha! ha! Gone! Ha! ha! ha!”</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
- <div class="stanza">
- <div class="verse indent0">Nay, speak no ill; a kindly word</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Can never leave a sting behind;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">And, oh, to breathe each tale we’ve heard,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Is far beneath a noble mind;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">For oft a better seed is sown</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">By choosing thus a kindlier plan;</div>
- <div class="verse indent0">Then if but little good we’ve known,</div>
- <div class="verse indent2">Let’s speak of all the good we can.</div>
- <div class="citation">&mdash;<i>Anonymous.</i></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
- <div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_190" style="max-width: 69.625em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_witheditor.jpg" alt="WITH THE EDITOR" />
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="WITH_THE_EDITOR">WITH THE EDITOR
- </h2>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">T</span>HERE is no holiday which appeals so
-directly to the boy as does the Fourth
-of July. Easter with its spirit of
-hopefulness, Thanksgiving with its bounty
-of turkey, or even Christmas with all its
-cheer and good will, does not, for some
-reason, reach the same depths of the boy
-nature as does the boom and sizz of fire
-crackers. There is something of the savage
-in him which delights in this almost barbaric
-method of commemorating the courage of
-his forefathers; for the Fourth of July is
-pre-eminently a day of courage.</p>
-
-<p>Without doubt we all admire bravery,
-but, while we are honoring those who so
-willingly exposed themselves to the bullet
-and bayonet, let us not lose sight of that
-courage which, though silent, was in reality
-the strength of the American Revolution&mdash;the
-courage born of conviction. It was
-this spirit which spoke through Richard
-Henry Lee when he proposed that the
-United Colonies, with a few poorly-armed
-troops, should renounce their allegiance to
-the most powerful nation in the world. It
-was this which prompted John Adams to
-second the movement in Congress, and
-there, by his eloquence, to uphold it day
-after day in the face of an opposition so
-strong that Jefferson compared it with the
-ceaseless action of gravity.</p>
-
-<p>The desire for independence was not bred
-of impulse. No one foresaw the danger of
-thus defying England more clearly than
-those who cried out for the separation.
-They knew that it would expose them, individually
-and collectively, to all the penalties
-of treason. But they had become convinced
-that it was right, and, to them, that fact was
-sufficient.</p>
-
-<p>Seemingly there is something of elasticity
-in this moral courage which leaps over obstacles
-before which mere physical courage
-would halt. Under the warmth of this
-spirit, with the strength of Patrick Henry,
-John Adams, and Thomas Jefferson behind
-it, the opposition slowly melted away, until,
-on July 4, 1776, the entire body declared for
-the Declaration.</p>
-
-<p>The representatives of the thirteen colonies
-had assembled in the old State House
-at Philadelphia. An anxious throng, from
-far and near, had gathered about the rough
-brick walls, for within was being discussed
-the momentous question of their liberties.
-Of a sudden, the ponderous bell overhead
-awoke and sent its pealing echoes from
-river to river, and at the same instant, as
-from one voice, a wild, excited cheer burst
-forth from the crowd below, to be taken up
-in every city in the land. Thus, in one of
-the darkest hours of their history, the colonies
-had declared themselves independent
-of a nation which had considered them all
-but conquered.</p>
-
-<p>Now, when we celebrate the one-hundred-and-twenty-sixth
-anniversary of our country’s
-birth, let us remember and honor those
-who made it possible. There is still, and
-will ever be, a call for the same moral courage
-which, in the face of such overpowering
-obstacles, built our nation. Not only on the
-Fourth of July, but during every day of the
-year, let us keep their example before us.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="EVENT_AND_COMMENT">EVENT AND COMMENT</h2>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<h3>Seventeen-Year “Locust”</h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">An</span> occurrence sufficiently rare to awaken interest,
-which has taken place during the past
-month, is the arrival of the seventeen-year cicada,
-commonly, though improperly, termed locust.</p>
-
-<p>These insects, which since the year 1885 have
-spent their entire lives in the ground, have, during
-the past six weeks, appeared in great numbers
-in various localities throughout the country.</p>
-
-<p>In any of these areas, if we observe the ground
-closely, we will see it dotted here and there with
-small holes. Through these the cicadas, after
-living underground for seventeen years, have
-now made their way to the surface. Here, with
-the shedding of the old shell, they take on a pair
-of wings, and after a short but noisy life of perhaps
-six weeks, they die. But in the meantime
-they have laid the eggs which insure a future
-brood of cicadas.</p>
-
-<p>The recording of the periodical visits of this
-insect dates as far back as 1633, when, it is stated,
-that a swarm was observed by the Puritans at
-the Plymouth Colony in Massachusetts.</p>
-
-<p>For many years our knowledge of the cicada,
-because of its underground habits, has been extremely
-limited, but at a comparatively recent
-date the Biological Survey at Washington has
-made a series of careful investigations, resulting
-in a very full history of the life and habits of this
-curious insect.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <img class="center" src="images/eac.jpg" alt="decoration" />
- </div>
-
-<p>Among other facts relating to the cicada,
-brought out by the research, is that, as is the case
-of many creatures of which we know little, the
-damage done by it to agriculture has been
-greatly overestimated.</p>
-
-<h3>The Boer War Ended</h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">War</span> in South Africa was formally brought to
-an end when, on May 31st, the Boer delegates at
-Pretoria signed the documents containing the
-terms of surrender.</p>
-
-<p>The war began on October 11th, 1899, and
-has lasted two years seven months and twenty-one
-days. It has cost England $1,200,000,000,
-besides which they have suffered a loss of 21,966
-killed and 75,000 prisoners and wounded.</p>
-
-<p>The estimated loss of the Boers is 19,000 lives
-and 40,000 captured.</p>
-
-<p>The greatest force of troops which England
-had in the field at any one time was 280,000, while
-estimates of the Boer army vary from 25,000 to
-50,000.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <img class="center" src="images/eac.jpg" alt="decoration" />
- </div>
-
-<p>The terms of peace allowed to the Boers are,
-perhaps, the best ever offered to a conquered
-people. Among its conditions are: Immunity
-from war indemnity, the substitution of representative
-for military administration, and a gift
-of fifteen millions of dollars for the re-stocking
-of their farms.</p>
-
-<h3>The Cuban Republic</h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">On</span> May 20th, Governor-General Wood, according
-to his instructions from the President of
-the United States, turned over to President
-Palma and his Congress the government and
-control of the island of Cuba.</p>
-
-<p>During the impressive ceremony President
-Palma, amid the cheers of the spectators, expressed
-his thanks to the Government of the
-United States for the fulfillment of its pledges
-and its kindly services to the new republic.</p>
-
-<p>According to the <i>Boston Herald</i>, “the American
-flag was never more highly honored than
-when it was hauled down by Governor-General
-Leonard Wood from the Government building at
-Havana.”</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <img class="center" src="images/eac.jpg" alt="decoration" />
- </div>
-
-<p>There is probably no parallel in history of this
-act of the United States in which a nation, after
-having won so rich a territorial prize in war,
-eventually turned it over to its people for free
-government.</p>
-
-<h3>The New Trains</h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">One</span> of the most significant railway trials ever
-held in this or any country was that recently
-made between New York and Chicago, by the
-special train of the Pennsylvania Railroad and
-the “Twentieth Century” of the New York Central.</p>
-
-<p>Although the two trains went by widely separate
-routes, they covered the required distance,
-over nine hundred miles, in the same time to the
-minute&mdash;19 hours and 57 minutes.</p>
-
-<p>This is three minutes less than the schedule
-time allowed, and is fully three hours faster than
-any speed previously made over the same course.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <img class="center" src="images/eac.jpg" alt="decoration" />
- </div>
-
-<p>As these new trains are now regularly on the
-schedules of their respective roads, the race will
-hereafter be an every-day occurrence, and we
-may look forward even to the lowering of this
-record.</p>
-
-<h3>Foreign Immigration</h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">During</span> the month of May the total number of
-immigrants arriving at New York was between
-85,000 and 90,000.</p>
-
-<p>This exceeds any monthly record for the past
-twenty years. The majority of the new arrivals
-were from Austria-Hungary, Italy, and Russia.
-In a count of 51,000 immigrants it was found that
-14,000 could neither read nor write.</p>
-
- <div class="figcenter">
- <img class="center" src="images/eac.jpg" alt="decoration" />
- </div>
-
-<p>Although at present this does not promise
-much for the standard of American citizenship,
-we can reasonably hope that in time our system
-of education will convert their descendants, at
-least, into very useful citizens.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_192" style="max-width: 66.3125em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_outofdoors.jpg" alt="OUT OF DOORS" />
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="OUT_OF_DOORS">OUT OF DOORS
- </h2>
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">T</span>HE great event at the recent intercollegiate
-athletic meeting held in
-New York, was the hundred-yard
-run made by Duffy, Georgetown’s little
-sprinter, who covered the distance in the remarkable
-time of 9 3-5 seconds. This has
-been a long-coveted speed among runners,
-and is very likely to stand for some time as
-the world’s record.</p>
-
-<p>The outcome of the meeting in points was
-as follows: Harvard, 34; Yale, 30; Princeton,
-27.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">A</span>T the time of writing interest in the
-rowing world centers in the regatta
-of the Inter-collegiate Rowing Association,
-to be held at Poughkeepsie, on
-June 21. Here Cornell, Columbia, Pennsylvania,
-Wisconsin, Georgetown, and
-Syracuse will enter eight-oar crews, in addition
-to which the first three will make
-entry in the four-oar contest. All but
-Georgetown will also participate in the
-Freshman race.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">O</span>ARSMEN in this country are interested
-in learning that the
-American Henley has been decided
-upon as an annual feature in the rowing
-world. This is the result of the meeting
-of the American Rowing Association,
-which held its session in New York on
-May 10th.</p>
-
-<p>The event will be held annually in July
-on the Schuylkill River, at Philadelphia,
-and will be so arranged as not to interfere
-with the schedules of the colleges, in order
-that each one may be able to enter a crew.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">A</span>S the season of college base-ball
-draws to a close the facts indicate
-that Harvard has had the best
-team in the field. Second to her, to the
-surprise of many, comes the University of
-Illinois, who has defeated Yale, Princeton,
-and Pennsylvania, and was only beaten by
-Harvard by a score of 2 to 1.</p>
-
-<p>Both Annapolis and West Point, considering
-the difficulties under which they
-practice, have made such a good showing
-that we naturally look forward to their
-taking a more prominent place on the diamond
-in future.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="dropcap">I</span>N spite of the fact that polo is only locally
-well known in this country, it has already
-taken a strong hold upon the
-people. An evidence of this may be found
-in the American team which went over to
-London to compete with the best English
-players. During their stay the visitors will
-be royally entertained, and will remain in
-England to observe the coronation.</p>
-
-<p>Interest in the games has been increased
-because of the fact that they will be attended
-by King Edward, who has always been an
-enthusiastic supporter of the sport.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- </div>
-
- <div class="figcenter illowp100" style="max-width: 66.6875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_indoors.jpg" alt="IN-DOORS DECORATION" />
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="IN-DOORS">IN-DOORS
- </h2>
-
-<h3>PARLOR MAGIC
- </h3>
-<p class="h2sub">By Ellis Stanyon
- </p>
-
-<div class="blockquot">
-
-<p>The first of this series of papers on Magic, commencing
-with the March number, included directions
-to the beginner for Palming and the Pass.</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Tricks with Handkerchiefs.</span>&mdash;For the
-following experiments, you will require
-three fifteen-inch silk handkerchiefs, an ordinary
-small sliding match-box, a candle
-in a candlestick, and a conjuring wand;
-also a false finger and a conjuring pistol,
-hereafter described.</p>
-
-<p>You prepare for the series of tricks by
-rolling up one of the handkerchiefs very
-small and pushing it into the match-box,
-which you open about one inch for the purpose;
-another is rolled up and placed behind
-the collar on the left-hand side of the
-neck; and the last is loaded into the false
-finger and placed in the right-hand trousers
-pocket. You are now ready to commence.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Handkerchief and Candle.</span>&mdash;“Ladies
-and gentlemen, the following experiment
-was suggested to me at the age of twelve,
-while studying chemistry. I then learned
-that all matter was indestructible. Proof
-of this, as you are well aware, is afforded
-with an ordinary candle. You may light
-a candle at one end and let it burn to the
-other, but you do not destroy the matter
-of which it is composed. What really
-takes place is the formation of new substances,
-as hydrogen, carbon, water, etc.,
-which any of the text books on chemistry
-will explain. I will, however, give you one
-striking illustration.”</p>
-
-<p>Pick up the match-box and, while taking
-a match therefrom, push the handkerchief
-into the right hand, and throw the box
-down on the table. Take the candle from
-the candlestick and place it in the right
-hand, which masks the presence of the handkerchief.
-You now appear to take something
-from the flame of the candle with the
-left hand, which you close as if it really
-contained an article. Open the hand
-slowly, looking surprised to find that you
-have failed and remark: “Well, really, I
-cannot understand this. I am generally
-successful with this trick. Oh! I know
-what is the matter. You see, I am using
-the left hand. If you do things left-handed
-they can’t possibly be right. I will
-try the right hand.” Saying this, you place
-the candle in the left hand and immediately
-produce the handkerchief from the flame,
-closing the hand as before. It now only
-remains for you to open the hand and develop
-the silk slowly.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-<p><span class="smcap">To Fire a Handkerchief into a Gentleman’s
-Hair.</span>&mdash;For the purpose of this
-trick you will have to make use of what is
-known as a conjuring pistol, which, being
-in constant use in magical surprises, I will
-describe. It consists of an ordinary pistol
-fitted with a conical tin tube eight inches
-long. The mouth of this tube is about two
-inches in diameter, and is supplied with a
-tin cup one and one-half inches deep, having
-its outer edge turned over all around so as
-to afford a ready grip to the palm. The
-conical tube is fitted with an inner tube to
-keep it firm on the barrel of the pistol (Fig.
-10).</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_fig10" style="max-width: 32.125em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_fig10.jpg"
- alt="Pistol with conical extension over barrel and cap for extension." />
- <div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 10</span></p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>Taking up the pistol, you place the two
-handkerchiefs, which look like one, in the
-cup; push them well down and remark: “I
-shall now fire direct at the gentleman’s
-head, and after the shot the handkerchief
-will be found firmly imbedded in his hair,
-and will, not unlikely, be seen protruding
-from one of his ears. It just depends on
-the force of the shot, you know, and I need
-hardly say I loaded the pistol myself, and
-am totally ignorant of firearms. Are you
-ready, sir? Then good-by!” Place the
-muzzle of the pistol in the left hand while
-you shake hands with the gentleman. In
-taking the pistol back into the right hand
-to fire it, you leave the cup behind in the
-left hand, and, at the instant you pull the
-trigger, you drop it into the pocket on the
-left side. When discharging the pistol you
-will, of course, stand with your right side
-to the audience.</p>
-
-<p>You now ask the gentleman to take the
-handkerchief from his hair, telling him that
-it is just behind his left ear; and, while he
-is trying to find it, you stand with your
-hands in your trousers pockets, telling him
-to make haste, you cannot wait all evening.
-When he has tried some time and failed to
-find it, you take your hands from your
-pockets, having got the false finger into
-position between the second and third fingers.
-Showing the hands back and front
-(the addition of the extra finger will not
-be noticed), you pass them several times
-over the head of the gentleman, then, lowering
-them to his head, you detach the finger
-and draw out the handkerchief. The
-false finger is then laid down on the table
-under cover of the handkerchief.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_fig11" style="max-width: 31.3125em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_fig11.jpg" alt="False finger." />
- <div class="caption"><p><span class="smcap">Fig. 11</span></p></div>
-</div>
-
-<p>The finger is made of thin spun brass,
-painted flesh color. It is quite hollow from
-tip to root, and is shaped for fitting between
-the second and third fingers (Fig. 11). It
-can be used in many tricks, and is really an
-indispensable accessory to the amateur
-magician.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" id="i_194-deco" style="max-width: 36.1875em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_194-deco.jpg" alt="Decoration" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
- </div>
-
-<div class="figcenter illowp100" style="max-width: 69.125em;">
- <img class="w100" src="images/i_oldtrunk.jpg" alt="The Old Trunk Decoration" />
- </div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak" id="Illustration_THE_OLD_TRUNK">THE OLD TRUNK
- </h2>
-
-<p>The following are the names of the winners of
-May puzzle contest:</p>
-
-<ul><li>Harrie C. Knightly, Randolph, Mass.</li>
-<li>R. E. Williams, Bloomington, Ill.</li>
-<li>Leslie W. Quirk, 614 Jefferson St., Madison, Wis.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<h3 class="smcap">Answers to June Puzzles.</h3>
-
-<p>1. Diamond, pearl, opal, topaz, ruby, amethyst.</p>
-
-<p>2.</p>
-
-<table class="square" summary="Puzzle Solution">
-<tr><td /><td /><td /> <td>O</td></tr>
-<tr><td /> <td /> <td>A</td> <td>P</td> <td>T</td></tr>
-<tr><td /> <td>A</td> <td>L</td> <td>T</td> <td>A</td> <td>R</td></tr>
-<tr><td>O</td> <td>P</td> <td>T</td> <td>I</td> <td>C</td> <td>A</td> <td>L</td></tr>
-<tr><td /> <td>T</td> <td>A</td> <td>C</td> <td>I</td> <td>T</td></tr>
-<tr><td /> <td /> <td>R</td> <td>A</td> <td>T</td></tr>
-<tr><td /> <td /> <td /> <td>L</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>3. Dewey.</p>
-
-<p>4. Systematic, phlegmatic, chromatic, acroamatic,
-diplomatic, pragmatic.</p>
-
-<p>5. Rock-dock-lock-clock.</p>
-
-<p>6.</p>
-<table class="square" summary="Puzzle Solution">
-<tr><td>S</td><td>A</td><td>L</td><td>A</td><td>D</td></tr>
-<tr><td>A</td><td>L</td><td>I</td><td>C</td><td>E</td></tr>
-<tr><td>L</td><td>I</td><td>V</td><td>R</td><td>E</td></tr>
-<tr><td>A</td><td>C</td><td>R</td><td>I</td><td>D</td></tr>
-<tr><td>D</td><td>E</td><td>E</td><td>D</td><td>S</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<p>7. “Practice makes perfect.”</p>
-
-<p>8. Lance.</p>
-
-<p>The first five perfect solutions were received
-from:&mdash;</p>
-
-<p>Elizabeth Warren, Harry J. Sanford, Eleanor
-M. Lavine, Mary Folsom Pierce, John L. Crawford.</p>
-
-<hr class="r5" />
-
-<h3 class="allsmcap">UNBOUNDED STATES.</h3>
-
-<p>The names of these states are mixed up. Can
-you straighten them?</p>
-
-<ul><li>Nisniscow.</li>
-<li>Naidnai.</li>
-<li>Nitmanose.</li>
-<li>Nicolraaif.</li>
-<li>Nazoair.</li>
-<li>Naaiiousl.</li>
-</ul>
-<p class="citation">&mdash;<i>Charles C. Lynde.</i></p>
-
-<h3 class="allsmcap">THE MENAGERIE.</h3>
-
-<p>In the following paragraph there are the names
-of twenty animals&mdash;spelled backwards.</p>
-
-<p>It accidentally happens that the lumber now occasionally
-found in oil regions every six or
-seven years is such that no Occidental country
-produces. I am sure editors so agree. So omitting
-any explanation, I merely state the fact.
-Tippoo-Tib bargains for all of it. Overflowing
-with oil it is always in a bad muss. Oporto
-is the place to which it is shipped. When it arrives
-whole machines are made from it, giving, I
-presume, employment to many persons who are
-constantly on the go during business hours, the
-parents and children working side by side. All
-sorts of religionists there mix, Ebionites even
-being found among them, who strive and fret
-to make converts to their faith, and they, as those
-at the Po let names weigh more than deeds. I
-would not say this did I know it to be false.</p>
-
-<p class="citation">&mdash;<i>R. E. Williams.</i><br />
-</p>
-
-<h3 class="allsmcap">DIAMOND.</h3>
-
-<p>1, a consonant; 2, a serpent; 3, juvenility; 4,
-consumed; 5, a consonant.</p>
-
-<p class="citation">&mdash;<i>Lillian C</i>&mdash;&mdash;.<br />
-</p>
-
-<h3 class="allsmcap">A NOVEL ACROSTIC.</h3>
-
-<p>If the words indicated below be written one
-beneath another, the finals will spell a national
-holiday, and the initial letters will form the plural
-of something which is used on that day.</p>
-
-<ul><li>A leaf of blank paper.</li>
-<li>A dye.</li>
-<li>A kind of ancient poetry.</li>
-<li>Part of the head.</li>
-<li>An animal.</li>
-<li>A fresh water fish.</li>
-<li>Likewise.</li>
-<li>A leader.</li>
-<li>A boy’s name spelled backwards.</li>
-<li>A large bird.</li>
-<li>A small brook.</li>
-<li>Cunning.</li>
-</ul>
-<p class="citation">&mdash;<i>Katherine D. Salisbury.</i></p>
-
-<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak bbox" id="WITH_THE_PUBLISHER">
-WITH THE PUBLISHER
-</h2>
-
-<h3 class="gesperrt sans-serif">YOUTH</h3>
-
-<p class="center">An Illustrated Monthly Journal for Boys and Girls<br />
-<br />
-<strong>Edited by HERBERT LEONARD COGGINS</strong></p>
-<hr />
-<p class="center bold">Single Copies 10 Cents&nbsp;&nbsp;Annual Subscription $1.00
- </p>
-<p>
-Sent postpaid to any address. Subscriptions can begin at any
-time and must be paid in advance</p>
-<hr />
-<p class="center">The publishers should be promptly informed of any change
-of address</p>
-<hr />
-<p class="center">Subscribers who have not received their magazine regularly
-will please notify the publishers<br />
-<br />
-Remittances may be made in the way most convenient to the
-sender, and should be addressed to<br />
-<br />
-<b>THE PENN PUBLISHING COMPANY</b><br />
-923 Arch Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
-</p>
-<hr />
-
-<h3><i>THE NEW DEPARTMENT</i></h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Although</span> we have opened our new department,
-“Out of Doors,” a little later than was
-intended, we believe that it will meet with favor
-among our readers. We hope, too, that, in the
-future, it will grow in size as well as in interest.</p>
-
-<h3><i>TO CONTRIBUTORS</i></h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> publishers of <span class="smcap">Youth</span> desire to state that
-for a time, hereafter, they will be unable to examine
-manuscripts submitted for publication,
-except those to be entered in the Prize Competition.
-Full particulars in regard to this offer
-will be found in one of the advertising pages of
-this issue.</p>
-
-<h3><i>50c. FOR TWENTY-FIVE NAMES</i></h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Anyone</span> who will send us the names and addresses
-of twenty-five of his friends, boys or girls,
-and fifty cents additional, will receive a year’s
-subscription to <span class="smcap">Youth</span>. The magazine will be
-sent to any desired address. This is a very easy
-way for any person, young or old, to obtain a
-year’s subscription. We wish the twenty-five
-names for the sole purpose of distributing sample
-copies of <span class="smcap">Youth</span>. They will be put to no other
-use, so that no one need have any hesitation in
-sending the list.</p>
-
-<h3><i>AN EASY WAY TO EARN MONEY</i></h3>
-
-<p>In order to increase the circulation of <span class="smcap">Youth</span>
-as rapidly as possible, we have decided to make
-some exceptional inducements to boys and girls
-to obtain subscriptions. The work can be done
-after school hours, and on Saturdays and holidays.
-The arrangement we make for doing the
-canvassing renders the work very agreeable, and
-the commission offered is so large that it cannot
-fail to be an inducement.</p>
-
-<p>To such of our readers as would like to earn a
-considerable sum of money with little effort, we
-suggest that they send us their names and addresses,
-and we will at once forward full particulars.</p>
-
-<h3><i>SPECIAL SUBSCRIPTION OFFER</i></h3>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">In</span> order to make it a substantial object for our
-subscribers to interest themselves in extending
-the circulation of <span class="smcap">Youth</span>, we have decided to
-make the following special offer:</p>
-
-<p>For every new subscription sent us we will send,
-free of all cost, one of any of the books named in
-the accompanying list. These books are the
-latest and best stories of the most popular writers
-for boys and girls. They are beautifully illustrated
-and handsomely bound. The regular price
-of each book is $1.25. This is an exceptional
-opportunity for any one to add to his library
-with little effort, and we trust that a very large
-number of our subscribers will quickly avail
-themselves of this special offer. This, of course,
-does not apply to those taking advantage of our
-other subscription offers.</p>
-
-<table summary="Book List">
- <tr><td class="titleb">Earning Her Way</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Mrs. Clarke Johnson<br /></td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Her College Days</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Mrs. Clarke Johnson</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">A Maid at King Alfred’s Court</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Lucy Foster Madison</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">A Maid of the First Century</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Lucy Foster Madison</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">A Yankee Girl in Old California</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Evelyn Raymond</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">My Lady Barefoot</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Evelyn Raymond</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Dorothy Day</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Julie M. Lippmann</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Miss Wildfire</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Julie M. Lippmann</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">An Odd Little Lass</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Jessie E. Wright</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">An Every-day Heroine</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Mary A. Denison</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Uncrowning a King</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">At the Siege of Quebec</td>
- <td class="authorb">By James Otis</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">In the Days of Washington</td>
- <td class="authorb">By William Murray Graydon</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">On Woodcove Island</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Elbridge S. Brooks</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Under the Tamaracks</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Elbridge S. Brooks</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Wreck of the Sea Lion.</td>
- <td class="authorb">By W. O. Stoddard</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Young Financier</td>
- <td class="authorb">By W. O. Stoddard</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">True to His Trust</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Comrades True</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Among the Esquimaux</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Campers Out</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Young Gold Seekers.</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Edward S. Ellis, A. M.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Andy’s Ward</td>
- <td class="authorb">By James Otis</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Chasing a Yacht</td>
- <td class="authorb">By James Otis</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Braganza Diamond</td>
- <td class="authorb">By James Otis</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Lost Galleon</td>
- <td class="authorb">By W. Bert Foster</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Exiled to Siberia</td>
- <td class="authorb">By William Murray Graydon</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Lost Gold Mine</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Frank H. Converse</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">A Cape Cod Boy</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Sophie Swett</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">Making His Mark</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Horatio Alger, Jr.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Young Boatman</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Horatio Alger, Jr.</td></tr>
- <tr><td class="titleb">The Odds Against Him</td>
- <td class="authorb">By Horatio Alger, Jr.</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="chapter">
-</div>
-
-<div class="transnote">
-<p>Transcriber’s Notes:</p>
-<p>A number of typographical errors have been corrected silently.</p>
-<p>Archaic spellings have been retained.</p>
-<p>Irregular closing quotes were not modernized.</p>
-<p>Page 191 number of 51,000 immigrants is unreliable as the “1” is unclear.</p>
-<p>Spelling of “Seesame and Lilies” has been corrected to “Sesame and Lilies”.</p>
-<p>Cover image is in the public domain.</p>
-<p>Alt text for images are in the public domain</p>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK YOUTH, VOLUME 1, NUMBER 5, JULY 1902 ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 13fafd0..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/eac.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/eac.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 11a2cbd..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/eac.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_160.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_160.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a658994..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_160.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_169.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_169.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 634ab5e..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_169.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_171.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_171.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c474b6c..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_171.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_180.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_180.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 308e888..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_180.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_194-deco.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_194-deco.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2008a6f..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_194-deco.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_fig10.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_fig10.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b553d06..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_fig10.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_fig11.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_fig11.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4637bd1..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_fig11.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 46da02f..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_indoors.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_indoors.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b4788ac..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_indoors.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_oldtrunk.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_oldtrunk.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 646fd37..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_oldtrunk.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_outofdoors.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_outofdoors.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ef4bfc..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_outofdoors.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/64979-h/images/i_witheditor.jpg b/old/64979-h/images/i_witheditor.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1404ffa..0000000
--- a/old/64979-h/images/i_witheditor.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ